Home

Laboratory equipment

1. 114 Resistors ma kba BAWA FBNA NAA NAN sewed 114 Resonance DON usa aka maa BABA KAY 53 Resonance experiments 43 Resonance pipe 48 49 Retort stand base XX kaa 4 Retort Stand rodS ccc enc ee ee een nee nwa 4 Reuter lamp ca cx den te snare ep ma die aoe KA 65 RGB SENSO 26 06 osceeenhsoeeeadeaooun 87 Ring and DAN gia ct eee eee Saeed eS Rae ees 67 Ring shaped magnet 96 Ripple aa waste ted KNA as a a es Ge GA DN 40 ROUS sia ware oaks eed awe be kA AG 4 Rods for electrostatics 124 Rotating MITO oo kaa ORA GRAN MAD WA TAKA 79 Rotating ASC rer maka to Ghee eee re eee 39 Rotation stand xa ANA 124 Round electrodes 120 Round magnet with ring 97 Rowland grating 6 5000 22nd ete Gad e awe ee 81 Rubber membrane 20 Rubber string aaa octane DW AN on Seed BASE Rk 43 PGE che ang NAMA Bi Wee Be OS AKA Gh 9 Rutherford s experiment 154 S Si le 0 PAA AA 72 Safety cables annn aa GS KAKA KA 111 Safety goggles nnana anaana 163 ie APAPAP 11 Dedler 226 ee AA 17 Semicircular block paa paawa EG 76 89 Semiconductors se wien casera arena eid ota 117 Semitransparent mirror 71 Sensor type K cam k saaan BAKA BAAL 59 Serial cable 4 paaaaaia de Ooo le waee 149 Set for magnetism 92 Set of lenses aaa che foe aioe hee aan hG ke 74 Set of AA 75 Shield
2. 43 Loudspeaker 000 cece cence eens 50 Low cost thermometer 58 Low pressure SENSO a eee 23 Low torque Motor 2na ew dea Brew AA 140 L x Metel aaa eer ne eee eae eer E 87 LUX SENSO s sacris ARABE KANTA eae es 86 M Magnetic field 129 Magdeburg hemispheres 21 Magnaprobe anasaaananan nannan 97 Magnet holder 0 05 2 6 aaa 85 gt ew arn ewe we 93 Magnet support 136 Magnetic field demonstrator 93 94 Magnetic field pattern 128 Magnetic needle 96 137 Magnetic needle with deep bearing 137 Magnetism PAA om eB na we Oe wR a 91 Magnets 06 5 maana aaa ed oa Se ae doe ak 91 Manometer 22 106 Manual drive pulley 136 MASO 2 4 5 dee oo oa oh ae BAG ee as 26 Material samples 61 115 Materials set for magnetism 92 Mathematical pendulum 54 Measuring tape 22ccceukesdeskes eae es 9 Measuring wheel 00 0c ene ee 9 Mechanics s5 ot ce tee aoe a we ene wo wee wot dw ek 26 Melting trough 665 54 KAR badd Roh eee 130 Metal net sheet 127 Metal plated ball on rod 124 Metal plated ping pong ball 124 Metal plates 34 2 cece h eaaeteeassaea ea 116 Micrometerscrew gauge 10 Microphone sasawa aaa AKALA 16 49 50 Microphone probe
3. 0023 00 0023 10 Suspension hook Suspension hook made of lacqured aluminium hook in nickel plated brass Clamps on retorts stand rods from 7 to 16 mm dia Total length 130 mm Weight 0 1 kg 0027 00 Suspension hook 0027 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 7 0038 10 Heating ring Manufactured of nickel plated steel with a clamp for mounting on retort rod clamps from 6 15 mm in diame ter Ring diameter 60 mm Total length 190 mm Weight 0 15 kg 0038 00 Heating ring Heating ring As item 0038 00 but with a ring diameter of 80 mm Total length 205 mm Weight 0 22 kg 0038 10 Heating ring Heating ring Manufactured of nickel plated steel with a 10 mm dia support rod mount Ring diameter 80 mm Total length 240 mm Weight 0 17 kg 0038 20 Heating ring Leveling table The table size is 165 x 130 mm The height variation range is from 62 to 277 mm It is produced using stain less steel plates with a fast regulating spindle and 8 ea securing screws Supplied with rubber pads Weight 1 7 kg 0036 00 Leveling table Leveling table The table size is 200 x 200 mm The height variation range is from 62 to 276 mm It is produced using stain less steel plates Fast regulating spindle with 8 ea secu ring screws and rubber pads Mass 2 6 kg Weight 2 4 kg 0036 10 Leveling table Science Equipment for Educatio
4. 111 4060 40 AA AA 97 4060 50 ak ame Kar 98 151 4065 50 Kawani c eee eee dws 109 4075 40 lt 5 cee ean nee gees 108 4120 00 PAA NAKA 112 412010 2220 02c0460ed0cu 112 4120 40 AA 112 4125 00 ox cede ue Pal ecw 113 4130 00 eee AA 113 4130 10 wc cee dee eee eet 112 4135 10 2442266400 8e8e een 113 4140 00 ocr eae eee 113 4145 00 na ce Ee 8 tae ae dae 113 4150 00 lt 2 stented san so0e 113 4160 00 amp a ase Gace AA 114 4205 05 on oe Waaahh 114 4205 10 c cd eee a ees eee 114 4205 15 makaka ee rrace 114 4205 20 ANA eee eed we 114 BOG 20 acre ee Cece eeu 114 4209 30 mhanap agama 114 4205 95 lt 2oc5b5tnceanas cu 114 4205 40 AA 114 4205 45 awan haka kd 114 4209 90 maana cere GA 114 4205 55 kaaa We Pd eas 114 4205 60 maaawa AYA eee 114 4205 09 waaa Wan eee kaka 114 4220 30 sh tac Gn Ota sada 115 4220 60 20n eneaceans ane 115 4220 70 PAASA 115 4220 80 cious see eve esa x 115 4220 90 ee 115 4230 00 ie cree aia meen nrs 115 4236 10 gt eete we aha bee een 115 ACAD naa AGA 116 4240 20 och 2 eee ana maa 116 4240 30 mawanaa bado ada ag 116 4250 05 AA PA 113 4250 10 mata a Mla kc 113 A250 Da Do ga GA 113 4290 20 ao cee the WAR KAMA 113 4250 25 Waaa aaa ee en 113 4250 30 AA AE 113 al 113 4250 40 maa kawaag 0x do0G 113 4250 45 ix an ace a ka 113 4250 50 6 on ee beet Gh 6 G40 113 4299 20 APA 113 3 2k08 VO nie cm ad wie careers 69 4260 20 Kaka mai kA 69 4200 30 AA 69 420040 AA EN 69 4200 50 zaGakaa hasa mAAaAA 69 4261 1
5. 49 MINOS maa NG GANG aad Oe NA KG PN KG 79 Modulated laser 70 Molecular kit 0 0 00 ee 158 Mono crystalline solar cell 139 Motor and propeller 139 141 MOt r on TOO aNG ka Waa NG ane ab 2 140 Motor on support plate 137 Motor with winding shaft 36 Motor generator 135 Multimeter eats whwodedves ees 22 106 110 N Near R on cian Bm cheb ee Ba MGA ADA Ab ay BS 64 Needle on rod 137 Needle on stand XX aah a vbw ve wes 137 Neodymium magnets 92 NEWIONS prism 4 aga KAG BANGA E KAR EARAAA 17 Newtons s SWING Bosc sad add Het eed KGYA 38 Nickel net electrode 122 O Oil for vacuum pump cxa maa pa Tawa NAG KA 18 Optical bench 2 ssuac 255 eshte cee nes 72 Optical CISC PR caer bers ates Gaui Gee en 76 Optical fiber sceeseeeuweereueceesecee 3 70 Optical fiber holder 70 Optical gratiNgS 2 2200 45 debe heed wees 81 Frederiksen Optical AAP 67 ONE nena tn She ees DAA eee ee eos 65 QDUCS SAPA 76 ODUCSSC PA 89 Organ pipe PARA 52 Oscilloscope aaa AN NGA UNAG DE NG 111 Overflow container 20 rsted s apparatus 22224224 oe5 oe e044 128 P Pascals vases apparatus 19 Pelton turbine with generator 21 Pendulum DOD ika scene oe NG a ek wa 55 Pendulum period 64 55 pisa Oe naana 17 Pendulum with plat
6. l N 4 Y Science Equipment for Education Physics Wave interference Procedure The mirror and screen are not used Watch the wave pat tern projected directly on the table top Place a large sheet of paper to be able to mark important features of the patterns with a pencil The projected image is scaled by a constant factor com pared to the physical waves on the water surface This does not interfere with the validity of any of the formulae above as long as we perform all measurements the same place You will only work with the projected image in this experiment Mount the wave generator with two dippers Mark the position of their shadows on the paper Measure the distance d between them remember on the projected image Adjust frequency and amplitude until you see a clear interference pattern like that in figure 2 Experiment 1 EXPERIMENTS E 401 Mark the mid point between the two dippers X and mark the directions where you observe constructive as well as destructive interference use for different colors The direction perpendicular to the line through the dip pers should follow the points with constructive interfe rence in O order m 0 Repeat this with different frequencies Use a fresh sheet of paper for every experiment to avoid confusion Fill out a table as the one below for each frequency The angle 0 from the O order line to the m order is mea sured on the paper
7. Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICITY 133 Transformer set student Coils for the student transformer Made of colored plastic with 4 mm safety jack connectors The coil is provided with a transparent adhesive polyester foil with an effective voltage insulation up to 4500 V to reduce the risk of electric shock Hole size 20 5 x 20 5 mm No Description Number of Windings Max current Resistance Thread diameter 4625 10 Coil blue 200 2A 0 7 Q 0 9 mm 4625 20 Coil yellow 400 1A 2 3 Q 0 65 mm 4625 22 Coil grey 600 0 75 A 4 3 Q 0 56 mm 4625 25 Coil grey 800 0 5 A 9 5 Q 0 45 mm 4625 30 Coil red 1600 0 25 A 33 3 Q 0 34 mm 4625 40 Coil grey 3200 0 125 A 146 Q 0 22 mm 4625 17 Coil grey 200 400 1A 23 Q 0 65 mm 4625 27 Coil grey 300 600 0 75 A 4 3 Q 0 56 mm 4625 10 40 4630 00 U Core with armature Laminated U core with armature and clamp screw Crosssectional area 20 x 20 mm 4630 00 U Core with armature 4630 10 Armature laminated Laminated I core Size 20 x 20 x 83 mm Mass 225 g 4630 10 Armature laminated 4630 20 Armature massive This massive I core is for demonstrating the increase in power loss when using massive cores instead of la minated types When the massive core is used it be comes warmer than the laminated Size 20 x 20 x 83 mm Mass 250 g 4630 20 Armature massive 4552 00 Cardboard square for coil This cardboard square has cutouts f
8. Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Conservation of mechanical energy during a free fall EXPERIMENTS E 305 Procedure Mount the timer securely at a height L of about 2 meters Required Equipment over the floor See illustration l l Place the timer tape in the timer being careful to allow 2005 00 Ticker tape timer 1 00 Pcs the tape to pass on the correct side of the carbon paper 2005 20 Tape 1 00 Pcs Attach the weight with the mass m to the timer tape The 2005 30 Carbon 50 pcs 1 00 Pack timer tape should be about 10 cm shorter than the fall 2005 40 Drop weight 1 kg 1 00 Pcs height 2005 50 Drop weight 1 2 kg 1 00 Pcs 2005 60 Drop weight 1 4 kg 1 00 Pcs Conduct the experiment Start the timer then imme diately release the weight so the tape is pulled through 3610 50 Power Supply 1 12 V AC DC 1 00 Pcs the timer Retrieve the timer tape and analyze the results Rods clamps cables as described above In a perfect experiment the total mechanical energy should be equal to zero during the fall of the weight because the loss in potential energy is converted to a gain in kinetic energy In practice of course this will not be fulfilled due to the friction of the tape moving through the holder and through the air the mass of the tape and other factors Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen EXPERIMENTS E 401 Fig 1 Purpose The goal of this experiment is t
9. 90 OPTICS Optics set image formation The student lamp no 2800 20 or a candle in the adju stable holder no 2820 00 can be used as a light source The wooden ruler no 1405 00 can be used to find focal lengths Lenses mounted in holder with guard For student use 40 mm diameter lenses mounted in rectangular plastic plate 80 x 120 mm with a heavy nickel plated brass base Engraved focal distance Center height 83 mm Can be used with light source no 2800 20 slits and filter holder no 2970 00 and ruler no 1405 00 2965 00 Lense in holder 300 mm 2965 10 Lense in holder 100 mm 2965 20 Lense in holder 50 mm 2965 30 Lense in holder 200 mm Slits and filter holder Designed to accept slits and filters etc 50 mm square by a maximum of 3 5 mm thickness 80 x 120 mm Plastic guard with heavy nickel plated brass base Center height 83 mm 2970 00 Slits and filter holder Glass plate Plane rectangular 180 x 120 mm 2 mm thick 3040 00 Glass plate Glass plate frosted Plane rectangular 180 x 120 mm 2 mm thick 3040 10 Glass plate frosted Plane mirror Glass back silvered with protective coating Rectangu lar 180 x 120 mm 3040 20 Plane mirror 5 3050 00 3040 00 30 Guard In white plastic plate Side length 180 x 120 mm 3040 30 Guard Holder for guards and mirrors In polished stainless steel Width 20 mm height 40 mm thickness 1 mm 3050 00 Holder for guards and mirrors
10. By time constant means the time by which the probe will register 63 2 of full reading pH electrode No Type Probe dimension Range Socket 5415 20 Combi electrode 150x 12mm 0 0 14 0 pH BNC plug Pressure sensors No Range Socket Piping size IM 131410 0 130 kPa DIN 06mm IM 131510 50 700 kPa DIN 06mm Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen Watt and energy meter Our Watt and Energy Meter is a most versatile instrument which apart from measuring voltage and current is capable of measuring apparent power VA phase angle p active power W energy con sumption WS Wh frequency Hz and time elapsed s h for energy consumption Voltage and current measured are true RMS values The Watt and Energy Meter is microprocessorcontrolled and a number of the values mentioned above are calculated by means of the integral software The input terminals on the front panel may be used for low voltage measurings The instrument is also equip ped with input terminals on the rear panel which makes it possible to take true life measurements from the mains net E g measuring the power consumption of electric household articles Compatible War amp Energy Mater 4075 50 Supply B a a 4075 50 The instrument is equipped with automatic change of measuring range and automatic change between measurings on input from either the fro
11. Dy sa 2910 00 2908 00 b 2905 10 Y 2905 50 2905 20 2905 40 gece Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Smoke lenses set of 4 Optics experiments will never be the same without smoked lenses once you have tried them Students can see the light as it passes through the lenses Refraction and internal reflection are observed with a clarity never seen before Especially well suited for experiments with lasers The set comprises 4 lenses 20 mm thick made of a special acrylic resin 2 convex lenses 50 and 100 mm focal length 1 prism 90 45 45 and 1 ea rectangular block 2912 00 Smoked lenses set of 4 Prism equilateral Made of glass with polished faces Triangle side 34 mm height 35 mm 2985 00 Prism equilateral Newton s prism As item 2985 00 but with triangle side length 34 mm and height 25 mm 2985 10 Newton s prism Glass Prism right angle Side lengths 40 mm and 54 mm height 40 mm 2985 15 Glass prism right angle Crown prism Triangle side 30 mm height 30 mm 2985 20 Crown prism Flint prism Triangle side 30 mm height 30 mm 2985 30 Flint prism 2995 00 3000 00 OPTICS 2912 00 2985 00 2985 20 2985 30 2983 19 Prism four sided Four sided prism with polished surface for experimen ting with path of rays in plan parallel objects Dimension 60 x 20 x 20 mm 2995 00 Prism four sided Prism hollow 60 Hollow prism
12. Start with the voltage a little below 6 V Switch the cable between lamp and resistor and adjust the voltage so that the currents are the same Leave the voltage setting on the power supply in this position Just turn the power off 1 measurement Fill the apparatus with cold water Determine the temperature of the water Hook up the cables to make the current go through the resistor Switch on for 120 seconds Switch off Shake the apparatus gently to let it reach thermal equilibrium and measure the temperature again Calculate the rise in temperature A7 2 measurement Refill the apparatus with cold water and find the start temperature This time the current should go through the bulb Leave the current on for 120 seconds switch off shake gently and measure the temperature This time we call the rise in temperature AZ 3 measurement Cover the bulb with a small piece of aluminum foil A thin rubber band may be used around the neck of the bulb Repeat the procedure again call the rise in temperature AT Calculations 1 In the second measurement some of the energy leaves the system as radiation and the temperature does not rise as far as in the first From the equations above you can calculate the percentage of the energy that is converted into radiation The result is remember to do the calculations yourself 100 ay AT AT na Try to find a figure of the efficiency of an incandescent light bulb on th
13. Illustrates vertically moving transverse waves The 28 arms extend from a central band of neoprene rubber which provides flexibility and a small amount of damping A wave front can be followed through the first reflection but dies out relatively fast when it returns to the bottom of the apparatus Ideal for demonstration of the proper ties of waves Placed between two sheets of paper or cloth the appa ratus can easily be rolled up for storage a see 8 0b mO bog og GO GB 2213 00 Wave apparatus for transverse waves Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics HEAT 5H Heat Thermometer Lab thermometres with blue mercury filling on a white scale Article no Temperature range Resolution Length Diameter 0575 10 20 110 1 1 260 mm 8mm 0575 20 20 360 1 1 340 mm 7 omm 0575 40 10 52 1 10 405 mm 10 mm 0575 70 2 102 1 5 400 mm 10 mm 0575 80 10 101 1 10 600 mm 9 5 mm 0580 10 10 625 2 1 450 mm 6 5 mm 0580 10 ff A a pa a A oy o a a wa Com pil r a 0575 80 z dit 8S a at Aes a S a w t Pd Se 0575 70 7 pami a pe S7 oe a LA 0575 40 1 lt a 0575 20 P A 0575 10 Thermometer Galilei Thermometer using the principle of specific gravity as function of temperature Temperature range 18 26 Actual temperature can be seen on the lowest of the floating balls Height 28 cm 0600 02 Thermometer Galilei a 0600 02 F EY Science Equipment f
14. Organ pipe This apparatus is used to study acoustical properties The device provides a good illustration of the relationship between frequency and the length of the pipe The moveable piston has a scale showing tone levels The frequency range is from 400 800 Hz The device is made of wood Length 380 mm Mass 250 g 2455 00 Organ pipe Sound level meter digital This robust user friendly decibel meter has a 4 digit display which is updated every half second for fast response mode The mea suring range is from 30 dB to 130 dB with 0 1 dB resolution There are three sub ranges and the user can choose dBA or dBC weighting The instrument is provided with a max min feature and an AC DC output for connection to a chart recor der or data collection unit There is a connection for an external 9V DC power supply Supplied in case with manual battery and wind shield gt Technical Specifications DE Measurement range 30 80dB o 50 100dB and 80 130dB Accuracy 1 5 dB 2 Resolution 0 1 dB Frequency range 31 5 Hz 8 kHz DC output 10 mV dB Impedance 50 ohm AC output 1 V RMS at full scale impedance 600 ohm Power supply 9V block battery or line adapter Size 275 x 64 x 30 mm Mass 280 g 2528 30 2528 30 sound level meter digital Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 53 Tuning fork set C scale physical The set consists of
15. Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 10 MEASUREMENTS MASS AND LENGTH Caliper gauge plastic Measuring length 130 mm Overall length 170 mm Equ ipped with depth gauge and vernier scale for reading to 1 10 mm 1440 00 Caliper gauge plastic Caliper gauge steel Measuring length 120 mm 5 inches with depth gauge and vernier scale for reading to 1 10 mm Overall length 18 5 cm 1440 00 1440 10 Caliper gauge steel Caliper gauge stainless steel High quality caliper gauge with measuring length 140 mm 5 5 inches With vernier scale for reading to 1 20 mm depth of stop and locking system 1440 20 Caliper gauge stainless steel 1440 20 1450 50 Liter measuring pitcher This plastic measuring pitcher is marked in units of volu me There is a marking for each 10 ml Manufactured in clear shock resistant polyethylene 1465 00 Measuring pitcher liter 1465 10 Measuring pitcher 1 liter Micrometer screw gauge Maximum measuring length 25 mm Precision 0 01 mm A precision micrometer with girder section frame spe cially hardened and ground screw locknut and ratchet Supplied in protective case 1450 50 Micrometer screw gauge Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Measurements mass Beam balance with support stand This sensitive beam balance is supplied with a support stand It is provided with a knife edge bearing in hard ened steel a screw adjustmen
16. 1 Barley strand of a RI 1508 Barley genotype lys3lys3 4 Barley strands of a plant heterozygotic for Ri 1508 genotype LUS3lys3 7791 30 Protein experiment lysine variants at barley Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY 163 Personal face screen Made of unbreak able clear plastic fitted with a metal Fringe Fitted ona Holder for the Head 0845 00 Personal face screen 0845 00 Personal safety 0850 00 goggles Made of unbreakable clear plastic Can be used over glasses 0850 00 Personal safety goggles 0750 10 Trolley for compressed gases Trolley witch fit 2 2 liter and one 6 liter steel Flasks of compressed Gasses Made of enamelled steel and equ ipped with rubber wheels 0750 10 Trolley for compressed gases Apron Strong apron made of plastic covered linen Protective screen size 68 x 90 cm Acrylic Screen 880 x 600 x 6 mm Fitted with two chro 0855 25 Apron me plated pins that fits two bushings enclosed which are to be fitted to a table 0840 10 Protective screen Protective screen Three sided protective Screen 880 x 600 x 6 mm with two sides each 440 x 600 x 6 mm mounted on higes Thise protective Screen is self carrying and can easily be placed anywhere 0840 20 Protective screen 0840 10 0855 25 0840 20 Science Equipment for Education Physics 164 CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY Portable fume hood A simpl
17. 1964 00 Coil with 400 windings 4625 20 Anchor with plug connector 1955 90 1952 00 Electric launcher 1952 00 1985 00 1955 80 1955 85 1963 00 1955 70 Slot weights with holder Used for accelerating the air track cart The set consists of a2 g holder 2 ea 1 g weights 1 ea 2 g weight 1 ea 5 g weight 1 ea 10 g weight Total mass 21 g This set permits combinations of masses from 2 g to 21 g 1963 00 Slot weights with holder Switch box The box is used to interrupt the current to the firing mechanism used on the air track Supplied with a capacitor and output jack connections to counter no 2002 50 1985 00 Switch box Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MECHANICS 37 Photocell unit This item is for measuring pendulum swings time measurements on the air track measurements of rotation rates etc The unit consists of a photocell which receives light transmitted from a light emitting diode LED through a 1 mm aperture Next to the light source LED and next to the photocell red and green LED s are mounted to indicate whether a signal is reaching the photo cell from the light source and whether the light source is on The photocell unit is provided with two 6 pole DIN conne ctors for connection to electronic coun ter type 2002 50 and extension to addi tional photocell units if additional sig nals are to be connected to the same input on the coun
18. 2965 00 30 2970 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Magnetism Iron ore magnetic Specimen for demonstration 3300 00 Iron ore magnetic Bar magnets Al Ni Co Cylindrical magnets 11 mm diameter length 170 mm with keepers and colored poles Supplied in a wooden holder 3305 00 Bar magnets Al Ni Co Bar magnets AI Ni Co As 3305 00 but without wooden holder 3305 01 Bar magnets Al Ni Co Bar magnets Al Ni Co Pair of square section magnets 10 x 10 mm Length 100 mm with colored poles 3305 10 Bar magnets Al Ni Co U Shaped magnet AI Ni Co A magnetized AI Ni Co block attached to two parallel mild steel pole pieces Overall dimensions 30 x 82 x 135 mm Distance between poles 59 mm With keeper and colored poles 3315 00 U Shaped magnet AI Ni Co U Shaped magnet Al Ni Co As no 3315 00 but smaller Overall dimensions 15 x 60 x 90 mm Distance between poles 48 mm 3315 10 U Shaped magnet AI Ni Co MAGNETISM 91 3305 00 3300 00 Cylindrical magnet Neodymium Diameter 30 mm thickness 6 mm Mounted in a holder on a 10 mm diameter stainless steel rod Can be used in conjunction with induction coils for the demonstration of alternating current AC 3320 00 Cylindrical magnet Cylindrical magnet Neodymium As no 3320 00 but with ball bearing and pulley 3320 10 Cylindrical magnet Bar magnets Al Ni Co Pair of cylindrical magnets 5 mm diameter length 50
19. ELECTRICITY 131 4594 00 Galvanometer insert Suitable for coils no 4590 20 60 With embossed graduation 4594 00 Galvanometer insert 4600 00 Thomson s rings These are used to demonstrate the action of the mag netic force caused by an induced current It is placed as the secondary coil and the force is observed The set consists of a continuous and discontinuous alu minum ring 4600 00 Thomson s rings set Pendulum with plates For demonstration of eddy current braking capacity Consists of plates with and without slots and pendulum with holder and bearing 4598 00 Pendulum with plates Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 132 ELECTRICITY Carbon rod holders with 2 carbon Arc discharge rods electrodes These are used for demonstrations of high voltage and Cylindrical arc lamp graphite electrodes These are used the rising of high voltage arc discharges due to heating to produce electrical discharge arcs The carbon rod hol For safety reasons the arc discharge rods are built into ders fit the insulated supports no 4350 10 Per set an insulated protected acrylic plastic tube with safety r jack connectors One of the rods can be adjusted hori 4610 00 anak ne holders with 2 carbon zontally to bring the rods close enough together to start mC the electrical arc Height 500 mm Tube diameter 90mm Bottom plate 200 x 200 mm 4615 10 Arc discharge rods 4615 10 4610 00
20. N NAN AN Vs II NX Ss NIO S N N Q AN N N IS NA IN sam 3235 00 46 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND Wavelength of light apparatus The apparatus is designed to measure the wavelength of light by studying the interference pattern from a double slit The device contains a built in 12 V auto lamp with a holder for color filters and a millimeter scale with phos phorescent moveable markers The emitted light is viewed at a distance of about 3 meters through a double slit The viewer then directs a co worker to adjust the markers on the millimeter scale so that the distance between them corresponds to 10 interference maxima Afterwards the distances can be measured and the wavelength of the light can be calculated The equipment is well suited to student lab exercises Red and blue color filters and a double slit are provided Power source required 12 V AC DC 1 3 A 3240 00 Wavelength of light apparatus Function generator DC amplifier Frequency counter Three functions are built into a single instrument with a digital display The simple and well organized operating panel makes the unit well suited for demonstration experiments and for student experiments with vibrations waves and much more Function generator Sine triangular and square wave signals with a broad continuous frequency range are provided Digital fine tuning of frequency and amplitude are pro vided The BNC out
21. storage box with a hinged lid 5250 00 Student molecular kit organic inorganic 5250 00 Student molecular kit organic With this kit many organic compounds can be build The kit comprise 12 H atoms 1 hole 6 O atoms 2 holes 3 N atom 3 holes 6 C atoms 4 holes 15 medium con nections and 15 long flexible connections Supplied in a convenient storage box with a hinged lid 5250 10 Student molecular kit organic 5250 10 5459 20 Sugar prism This simple apparatus provides a simple method for computing the sugar concentration in liquids e g soda pop Using a number of reference solutions with known sugar content one can compare the refraction of light e g a laser beam of reference samples and an unknown solution Supplied with complete instructions for student projects and experiments 5459 20 Sugar prism Laser pointer Easy to use pencil sized diode laser pointer Run on bat teries Works well when experimenting with refraction of light in various materials Wavelength 670 nm Power lt 1 mW class Il Beamdivergence v 22m Diameter lt 27 mm 1420 70 Laser pointer Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Worm container This item is a clear vertically standing plastic container with glass sidewalls for studying the behaviour of worms and other small creatu res with soil as their habitat The container can be filled with alterna ting layers of sand and soil The e
22. 00 Air track 2 m 1 pcs middle of the photocell 1970 60 Air blower 230 V 1 pcs In this experiment the switch box is used to hold and let 1952 00 Electric launcher 1 pcs go of the glider If the air track firing mechanism a rub ber band holder is used then the air track glider will Helene FREESE WIN 2 ES have an initial speed v and the equation of motion 1985 00 Switch box 1 pcs becomes 2002 50 Electronic timer 1 pcs SSW pak 3620 50 Power supply 24V AC DC 1 pcs 1965 00 Pulley with plug 1 pcs Cables Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 302 EXPERIMENTS Purpose The goal of this experiment is to study collisions on an air track in order to confirm the conservation of momen tum Theory In every physical process the momentum is conserved For two masses in linear motion we have NGA AH SONY AMV The glider masses are m and m The velocities of the two air track gliders before the collision are u and u and after the collision v and v The velocities are treated as signed quantities This equation is valid for both elastic and inelastic collisions For elastic collisions the mechanical energy is conserved as well Limou rn SIM y ALAMIN The velocities are computed based on Y L is here the length of the air track glider flag and is the passage time measured by the timer Procedure Prepare the setup as shown in figure 1 Measure the length of the air track
23. 000 g cm Accuracy 0 005 g cm Total length 300 mm 1530 00 Areometer Areometer Density range 1 000 2 000 g cm Accuracy 0 010 g cnv Total length 300 mm 1530 10 Areometer Areometer Density range 0 750 0 840 g cm with thermometer 1530 20 Areometer Areometer with thermometer For determination of the salt content of seawater Tempe rature table supplied Total length 265 mm 1530 30 Areometer with thermometer Alcohol meter 1 100 vol Total length 300 mm 1530 90 Alcohol meter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 14 MEASUREMENTS TIME a 1485 40 Digital stopwatch Phoenix The stopwatch has an LCD display with 6 ea 8 5 mm 7 mm digits Functions start stop reset addition interme diate times splits Double measurement of two times intervals closely following one another Standard clock 2 x 12 hours AM PM Date 1485 40 Digital stopwatch Phoenix Stopwatch Seconds scale 0 30 s Minu te scale 0 15 min Accuracy 1 10 s Three function buttons for start stop and reset 1485 00 Stopwatch Digital stopwatch Low cost digital stopwatch with LCD display with 5 mm high digits Functions start stop reset addition inter mediate times splits standard time and date 1485 15 Digital stopwatch 1485 15 Demonstration stopwatch Easy to read from a remote distance Quartz clockwork with dials Range 0 60 sec 0 60minutes Diamet
24. 10 will because they magnetized repel one another when placed on a flat surface or overhead projector The sta bilizing effect of the neutrons is illustrated by placing them between the protons thereby eliminating the repulsive force The protons are supplied with a red marking the neutrons with blue 5161 00 Proton each 5161 10 Neutron each 5150 00 5161 00 Chain reaction apparatus This item is used to demonstrate the chain reaction using matches It is supplied with 6 ea metal pins to 5160 00 show how a chain reaction can be damped 5160 00 Chain reaction apparatus 5160 01 Extra metal pins for chain reaction apparatus package of 6 ea Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 154 RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS Planck s constant This apparatus is designed for the determination of Planck s constant using the elbow voltage in the charac teristic curves of a number of light emitting diodes LED s The experiment is based on graphing the LED limit voltages as a function of the fre quencies of the emitted light The LED s used emit UV ultraviolet NIR near infrared and three wavelengths in the visible region The LED s have been carefully selected to emit light within a narrow well defined wavelength interval Either the built in 9 V block battery or an external 9 12 VDC line adapter can be used as power supply 5060 00 Planck
25. 1000 mm x 150 mm Inclined plane made of aluminium With holder for dynamometer Air cushion disc with balloon For demonstrating the influence of frictional forces The disc consists of a circular plastic plate with an air hole and with a fitting for a rubber stopper with a hole for mounting a balloon Air from the balloon passes through the hole in the plate causing the disc to hover on a cushion of air Acrylic plate diameter 115 mm 1945 00 Air cushion disc with balloon 1938 10 Inclined plane and friction board Balloons in package 1945 10 Round balloons 100 ea 1945 10 1989 09 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 28 MECHANICS Linear Air Track No other systems have the same high quality for study of linear dynamics Because of extreme low friction the results will be up to 25 better compared to similar systems based on trolleys where higher friction and inertia of wheels occur Air track f Standard version The complete air track consists of the Air track following parts Air track 2000 mm standard accessories l in a plastic box and two carts For checking smooth uniform motion smoothly accelerated motion Newtons Second Law elastic 1950 00 Air Track and inelastic collisions The air track is made from a large square alu Air track minium extrusion in conjunction with a supporting As no 1950 00 but supplied with a C channel on the U channel A seri
26. 2185 00 vibrator at the other By regulating the oscil lations with the two vibrators one can control the motion of the mirror in two mutually perpendicular directions and thus control the laser beam reflected by the mirror The light source can be a gas laser a diode laser or similar light source The vibrators sig 2185 60 nal generators and light source are not included 2185 60 Lissajous apparatus Science Equipment for Education Physics 2885 00 Standard thread for objectives The laser emits light with a wavelength of 632 8 nanometers The emitted light is coherent i e wave fronts propagate in the same phase over a large distance compared with ordinary light sources The emitted light is highly directional and the beam diameter at the laser is about 0 5 mm increasing very gradually at increasing distances from the laser The light emitted is not uniform ly polarized but changes its polarization at random aro und the direction of propagation Light from the laser is well suited to demonstrations of optical interference If a line grating is placed in the laser beam the interference pattern will be clearly visible on a projection screen The laser can be used for a wide range of applications in geo metrical optics holography communication etc 2885 00 He Ne Laser 1 mW 2885 10 He Ne Laser 2 mW 4895 50 Photodetector The photodetector is provided with a photo diode which can convert laser ligh
27. 2515 60 Battery box ka 2515 60 1888 20 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 88 OPTICS Ultraviolet radiation Ultraviolet light properties and hazards Measure the intensity of a UVA light source using this UV probe Because UV illumination can affect e g painted surfaces and fabrics it can be desirable to use protective filters Another example is skin protective sun cream This equipment has been designed to illustrate the many interesting properties of ultraviolet light using protective film clear film ordinary glass and a Schott UV filter 2872 10 The set consists of UVA lamp no 2871 00 UVA probe no 2872 00 Accessory kit no 2872 10 with filters and other materials including fluorescent and phosphore scent plates Complete instructions are supplied SAFETY NOTE The light source is a UVA lamp emitting most UV radiation in the range 350 400 nm with a maximum around 370 nm These wavelengths pose a minimum risk to eyes and skin and the radiation does not generate harmful ozone 2871 50 Ultraviolet radiation set 2515 60 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Optics set student use The following optics equipment has been manufactured especially for student use Much of the equipment men tioned earlier in the Optics section can also be used by students Optics set geometrical optics Student ray track board Constructed with a slightly slopi
28. 3 12 V 3000 15 3521 15 Hand powered generator The generator is mounted in a transparent plastic hous ing Using a hand swing and a gearbox the generator can yield a power output of up to 7 5 watts The genera tor unit is supplied with an E10 socket for small bulbs and leads with mini alligator clips for attachment to elec trolysis experiments measuring instruments electrical circuits etc The set consists of two hand generator units and includes complete user instructions 4716 10 Hand powered generator set of 2 4716 10 m pe Power supply 12 V DC 12 V A fits Manometer 1770 00 and Student Timer 2002 60 3550 15 Power supply 12 V DC Battery holder on plate Battery Holder for one D cell Mounted on plate which are fitted with safety sockets 3521 10 Battery holder on plate Science Equipment for Education Physics E ECTRICIIY T B705 Analog student instruments Measuring instruments for student use These instruments are rugged with simple easily read scales The instruments are electronically protected and can tolerate accidental overloading Supplied with safe ty jack connectors Voltmeter For AC and DC measurements Accuracy 2 at full scale deflection Resistance 10 kQ2 V Electronic shielding With color coded 4 mm safety terminals Ranges 0 3 V 0 15 V 0 30 V AC or DC Dimensions 173 x 108 x 56 mm 3810 60 Voltmeter 3810 60 Ammeter For AC and DC measu
29. 380 mA 39 00 4885 16 1 34x51 mm 60x60x7 mm 0 58 V 633 mA 71 00 4885 17 2 20x51 mm 60x60x7 mm 1 16 V 380 mA 59 00 4885 18 3 20x51 mm 90x60x7 mm 1 75 V 380 mA 108 50 4885 19 1 50x50 mm 90x60x7 mm 0 58 V 800 mA 52 00 4885 21 2 34x51 mm 90x60x7 mm 0 58 V 1 266 A 75 00 4885 22 2 34x51 mm 90x60x7 mm 1 16 V 633 mA 75 00 Solar cell panel 50 W Consists of 36 solar cells 100 x 100 mm each mounted on a large aluminium panel Max power 19V amp l 3 5 A II 4885 20 Solar cell i 4885 24 Solar cell w motor and propeller panel 50W DON Kit with solar cell module low torque motor with holder and 2 blade propeller Not assembled 4885 24 Solar cell w motor and propeller 4885 20 A Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 140 ENERGY Motor for solar cells Electric motor Can be used in conjunction with solar cell no 4885 00 10 for demonstration of the electrical current produced Pro vided with propeller and 4 mm input sockets Specifications 0 2 3 V DC 0 0 5 A 5005 00 Electric motor Solar cell motor on rod The motor is supplied with a small pro peller and is suitable for use e g with the solar cell no 4885 00 It is mounted in a housing on a standard 10 mm dia meter x 105 mm support rod Supplied with 4 mm safety jack connectors 5005 10 Solar cell motor on rod 5005 00 Universal motor generator Operation voltage 0 12 v DC Running speed O 4800 rpm
30. AS TA 19 0730 80 a mena a 152 O T 00 maam AK 157 0750 00 Hawakan kawawa 163 0 5510 cxa ewan Kk E 157 UOD 20 aaa KNANG 157 0155 30 cage ke YA 157 0 5340 gud dumie ed ne Har 157 0195 90 sa neses iat kan Gaga 157 0760 00 pine tees Geek 157 DID 2D i siets iia a ta oe x 70 0785 64 gt ac iire eae a 70 0840 10 ox a 163 0840 20 ob cadets 3 ee ee eed 163 0845 00 wana kk a 163 0850 00 Hwag die GaA Bed 163 0855 29 i8ce0e dbo eextacs 163 0916 00 PUNASAN AA 11 0955 30 MINANA AA 11 0960 10 na waaa ma kana ma ara 26 0960 20 eink dk kama KARA 26 0960 30 24225ee MAAM 26 0960 40 cceecusteduwnees 26 445807 apane wade hue dace 11 1028 15 ee scceqdashentae bs 11 1038 10 0 0 cee end ode wee ome 8 1038 20 ge ene Gos ais a ee hate 8 1038 30 S26 sae k necked ed hs 8 VOSB AO oc dak eames kaa ous 8 10398 50 atts tere cee eu koa 8 1038 60 cuaeuseweeuetane des 8 1038 70 ets sh ao en bogs oe oes 8 10398 80 aa ka ANNA ND AG e lt 8 1039 00 PAA AA 8 1099 10 6 8 a a a de ee ee 8 1057 10 aaan 111 VOSA cprerrgnreni taisa 111 WS PPO PA APA ABA 111 TOSA TS 2242522255002 4555 111 1057 20 2122 suneasewe se oe 111 TOSA 2N eeeck ehee ee ee eee 111 WIS 22 os ie dade iaa e od 111 kilay PAPA R 111 101574 DAA AA 111 T054 sete One eles eee os 111 1057 42 anaana 111 OAS aata aaah ag ramia 111 1057 50 pusa bes tine gan ee nG 111 ILONG 111 TUD 0 2 0 graai gae ex 111 OST aah ae eee ak oe 111 1090 00 26 APA 111 1090 20 aaa mak cot ies KAKA 111 1090 2 s
31. Compress the trapped air using the piston until the volume is halved Note that the pres sure has increase to 20 N cm EXPERIMENTS E 201 3 Now open the air release valve and adjust the piston so that its front edge again flush with the middle sca le marking Close the air release valve Pull the piston outwards until the volume of the trapped air is doub led Observe that the pressure has fallen to 5 N cm 4 Note the corresponding values of the volume and the pressure The constant K can now be computed According to Boyle s law all the values of K should be the same Small deviations are acceptable The above procedure is appropriate to a classroom demonstration In the laboratory you may wish to take a larger number of measurements e g about 8 or 10 so that there will be more data to work with Remarks The piston should not be pressed with so much force that the pressure exceeds 25 N cm because the mano meter calibration may be altered Excessive force will ruin the instrument If the experiments are performed very rapidly the effects of temperature changes temperature increase during compression temperature drop during expansion can be observed E g if the pressure is halved very quickly the air in the cylinder will be heated slightly just as is observed when you pump your bicycle tire Before the air cools the pressure may reach 22 N cm But the air quickly cools off so the assumption of constant te
32. Education Physics Frederiksen 30 MECHANICS Extra accessories Aperture with notch Supplied with a notch for actuating start stop of the ele ctronic counter type 2001 00 and previous versions by means of photocell units Starts and stops the counter on the high to low transition Measurement length 25 mm 1955 70 Aperture with notch Aperture with notch for side mounting Aperture for side mounting on air track cart no 1960 00 Supplied with a compensation weight to be placed on the opposite side of the cart Supplied with a notch for start stop of electronic counter type 2001 00 and earlier models by means of photocell units Total mass 10 g Measurement length 20 mm 1955 80 Aperture with notch for side mounting Aperture for side mounting Aperture for mounting on the side of the cart no 1960 00 Supplied with a compensation weight to be positioned on the opposite side of the air track cart Total mass 10 g Width 30 mm 1955 85 Aperture for side mounting Electric launcher The set consists of an electromagnet with the anchor mounted on the air track cart By mounting the fork with rubber band 1955 00 in the electromagnet the cart can be ejected when the current to the electromagnet is switched off The force acting on the cart when ejected can be varied by varying the tension on the rubber band There is good repeatability The set consists of Iron core 20 x 20 x 51 mm with mounting screw
33. Function generator 46 G Galvanometer 105 Galvanometer insert 131 134 Gamma source a a a 144 Ganged MOtOrS a ds ee AD oes Bee mGA 137 Garden ina bottle 159 Gas model with piston 44 Gas Valitameter aNG ae eae 8 KAWA GG 123 Gaskel fender cea ee AKA eienaam nni 21 Gasoline cannon 60 100 Gauge 220ed ou decewte de dw ecutane wie x 10 Geiger muiiller counters 147 Geiger Muller tubes 146 El le Aa 155 Genetics Lk aaawa ng re hee AGA IA KANA 161 Geometrical optics 89 Glass DANG aa ce 5226 creeds NGA DAA TAGA 34 Glass APA AA 119 Glass plate ca han esesusivcterevchere es 90 Glass DSM zuma cee hese estreti 77 Glass rod non ns Be eRe Enea oe GAN 124 GM detector 0 ees 146 GM detector holder 148 Grating model AA 81 KANG ee iea wee e a en E E EEE 78 CT eS ais oe on be Boos Eee oe nG 19 Ground glass screen 75 ING 3 33s one ee oe AG DALAG NGA a 90 GVO 22a beds AA 39 H H C Orsted s apparatus 128 Halogen lamp 1 cece ees 68 138 Hand powered generator 104 Hand spectroscope aaa WAG ew Ge NA 80 Hand held refractometer 160 Hand powered vacuum pump 19 Handle with pin es 26 He Ne laser 45 70 Heat conductivity TOGS 2 naawa kaa a KA
34. Lens in holder 100 mm 2950 30 Lens in holder 50 mm 2950 40 Lens in holder 200 mm Lens and slide holder A versatile holder made to fix slides max 50 x 50 mm and lenses 50 mm diameter 2 spring loaded clips allows you to fix slides and lenses of max 16 mm thickness Supplied with a 10 mm diameter steel rod for fixing in an optical bench etc Overall length 170 mm Net weight 5760 40 130g 2902 01 Lens and slide holder Set of lenses 50 mm diameter The set of lenses comprises 6 different lenses O 50 mm The lenses can be mounted in the Lens and Slide Holder no 2902 01 The set of lenses may be used for a num ber of optics experiment but are also specified to be particularly well suited for laser experiments The lenses comes complete in a storage box and are specified as follows 1 ea Biconcave 50 mm dia focal length 100 mm 1 ea Biconcave 50 mm dia focal length 50 mm 1 ea Biconvex 50 mm dia focal length 50 mm 1 ea Biconvex 50 mm dia focal length 100 mm 1 ea Biconvex 50 mm dia focal length 200mm 1 ea Biconvex 50 mm dia focal length 1000 mm 2903 00 Set of lenses 50 mm diameter Iris diaphragm Black plastic screen 100 x 100 mm with 10 mm diame ter fixing rod Maximum aperture 28 mm diameter 2960 00 Iris diaphragm 2903 00 2950 80 Slits and filter holder Designed to accept slits and filters etc 50 mm square by a maximum of 3 5 mm thickness 100 x 100 mm Plastic guard with 10 mm diameter
35. NG GA 16 33 1985 00 Ga amak a neri ni kam 30 1990 00 ee cars eee Se cle aala 33 1992 20 pee tee tes eke sees 34 T99 1 10 naaawa BEAN 34 TOOT Dha eee ace gee kaa 34 Am anG eee 34 OOTD cextuceucoredee aes 34 199 50 ae mat oa aoe San 34 199 60 gctedidatdctovs das 34 1997 70 kaa dee oes os Se ae 34 TOO 00 ocr geese saeces one 34 199 89 oes aan oo Se anib a 34 T99 90 ocg areca dna he parias 34 1999 00 pace ae a eae 34 2002 50 vc eee dune as 17 51 147 2002 60 ia aa etane ne A 15 2005 00 nabawasan paaa dees is 35 2005 20 426 aes oe bae stewed 35 2009 00 set aa hah ohm eee AA 35 2005 40 tea ce eden ed aa ee eos 35 2005 50 a had eae a ako acted 35 BOOS 60 aa ata ee aed 35 2009710 waah aaa Bom isn 35 2005 80 nt oats seas ANA 35 2015 50 paaa mahaba dud 37 2020 00 ine oe oe amp ae were ae 36 2020 0 ccc to tyne oe ayos ha 36 2025 00 kaaa Kang maa 36 140 2030 16 PAPA 37 203 00 2 aaa haka kah 36 201000 teoncuane core can eet 38 2089 00 nrc aman LAGA ni 38 2095 00 pnaka 38 210630 za ins oe e a 38 2106 40 ua See saya ca NG ae 38 21000 2 it cen a a dew ewe ae 39 2136 00 asana sence CE 39 2109410 2 na kaa eee es 55 2159 20 RDA naan Pe are eo 55 2159 90 24 dedecuendenueas a 55 2155 40 cau PA 55 2190 00 vanes 2 eee oot 43 55 2NDO OU AA 55 21W99 ee aa E eee 55 2155 80 bok Sie ee tees ere tee 56 2100 00 ceri rerien e residi 55 PVOONO orur ak outa wale 55 2109 00 pit ak dda wei oes 55 2165 10 adam tes Sener eee 55 Pag KAO 00 ogee ae
36. Ni Co 1 00 Pcs Cables Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Induction using a data logger Purpose To demonstrate Faraday s law of induction Theory According to Faraday s law of induction the induced electromotive force or voltage in a coil with N windings is given by the expression where is the magnetic flux through the coil Integrating this expression yields fe di N D 7 a bU If we consider the special situation where the flux is the same e g zero at times and the right hand side of the equation is zero If a graph of Evs time is drawn the area between the graph and the time axis will Consist of equally large areas above and below the axis Procedure Connect the coil to a voltage sensor input on your data logger Adjust the sampling rate to for instance 1000 Hz Place the coil over the edge of a table keep it in place by your hand or something not made of metal Have a piece of soft material a piece of foam or a foot to drop the magnet onto Hold the magnet some 10 to 15 cm above the coil to approximate the zero flux situation mentioned in the previous paragraph EXPERIMENTS E 802 Start the data logging and let go of the magnet it should fall freely through the coil Stop the data logger A sample graph is shown below The magnet falls with a constant acceleration therefore the area above the time axis is broader than but not as high as the on
37. Piano wire ring Science Equipment for Education Physics Chladni plates For use with 2185 00 A thin layer of fine sand is spread over the plate and resonance patterns Chladni figures can be observed at certain frequencies The plate reso nances are audible 2185 20 Resonance plate square 2185 25 Resonance plate circular Flat springs for resonance experiments Various lengths For use with the 2185 00 Fundamental frequencies at 11 15 21 36 and 50 Hz can be readily observed Interesting standing waves can be seen up to 300 Hz and heard up to 900 Hz 2185 30 Flat Springs for resonance experiments Longitudinal Wave Spring 155 mm long and 27 mm Diameter Springkonstant 4 7 N m 2155 50 Longitudinal Wave Spring POA ET 2185 40 Rubber string 2 meters For use with 2185 00 for demonstrating standing waves 2185 40 Rubber string Gas model with piston For use with the 2185 00 Ball bearings in motion represent gas molecules which lift a plastic piston due to repeated collisions The model is supplied with the piston balls and a support for placing the apparatus on an overhead projector 2165 15 Solids Gas in piston The gaseous state Brownian motion Boiling liquid Lissajous apparatus This apparatus is actually a simple oscilloscope A mirror is mounted on a moveable steel ball held by two strips of spring steel The two steel strips are spring loaded at one end and each controlled by a
38. Stroboscope disc As 2020 00 but with 12 apertures 2020 10 Stroboscope disc 2020 10 2020 00 Motor with winding shaft This universal motor is for operating units such as stro be discs color discs apparatus and models Furthermo re the motor can be used as a generator in energy expe riments etc The unit is provided with a sturdy DC motor with a permanent magnet stator A 2 step drive belt shaft is supplied along with a cylindri cal winding axle with diameters of 8 and 12 mm Suppli ed with a 35 mm 10 mm diameter mounting rod Total length 225 mm Width 40 mm Height 40 mm Operat ing voltage range 0 12 V DC 0 4800 rpm mass 0 35 kg 2025 00 Motor with winding shaft 2025 00 Drive belt set Four different flexible black synthetic rubber drive belts are supplied Belt lengths 240 289 and 780 mm The drive belts are oil resistant 2037 00 Drive belt set 4 different belts Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Stroboscope A portable instrument employing a high intensity xenon flash tube which gives a brilliant white light particularly suitable for photographic purposes The flash rate can be regulated from 1 0 to 300 0 flas hes per second or 1 to 18 000 rpm Digital reading with switch for impulses per second rpm and external trig ging Input terminals for external trigging and output ter UA ann minals for internal triggering Mains power supply 220 V AC 50 60 Hz Equi
39. The weights are heated to the same temperature and located over the wax plate Due to differences in the specific heats of the weights 2730 01 they will melt to various depths Incl 5 wax plates 2730 00 Specific heat apparatus Spare part Wax plates 2730 01 Spare part Calorimeter aluminium Diameter 70 mm height 90 mm Outer vessel separately heat insulated by means of plastic cones 2740 00 Calorimeter aluminium Stir for calorimeter Made of nickelplated brass 2740 05 Stir for calorimeter Joule s apparatus For the determination of the specific heat capacity of liquid by the electrical method Used together with cal orimeter no 2740 00 The resistance of the two con stantan coils are 2 x 2 5 ohms Lid made of plexiglass with a hole for the thermometer 2740 10 Joule s apparatus 2740 10 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 64 HEAT Immersion heater This is used with the insulated cups item no 2745 00 for confirmation of Joules law The plastic lid has a center hole for a thermometer Mounted with 2 2 ohm heating element connected to two standard 4 mm jack recep tacles Diameter 65 mm Height 75 mm Mass 30 g 2745 10 Immersion heater Insulated cups These thermal cups 25 package are useful for experi ments with specific heat They will fit item no 2745 10 Height 85 mm Upper diameter 75 mm Volume capa city 180 ml 2745 00 Insulated cups Immers
40. a refraction vat for observing angles of incidence and reflection in water containing fluorescein dye 3025 00 Mirror rotatable with indicator needle 10 40 0 6 3015 00 OPTICS as TA 3066 10 3065 00 3070 00 2055 00 Mirror rotating This is used for experiments with light requiring a rota ting mirror There are mirrors on all four sides The mirror area is 90 x 117 mm Supplied with a 10 mm diameter mounting rod Supplied without rotating bearing item no 2055 00 3070 00 Mirror rotating Light refraction vat Plexiglas vat This vat is supplied with plane parallel sides It is ideal for optical experiments Size 370 x 130 x 150 mm 3015 00 Light refraction vat Sodium fluorescein This fluoresceint colored powder is added to water to emphasize the optical path of e g a laser beam It can be supplied either as a powder or in solution The prices indicated are less weighing and packaging 8298 00 Sodium fluorescein powder 8299 00 Sodium fluorescein solution 0 4 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 80 OPTICS Spectroscopy Prisms equilateral High quality prisms suited for spectrometer no 3215 30 to measure spectral lines as well as to determine refrac te indices of prisms Dimensions side length 30 mm height 30 mm 2985 20 Crown glass prism 2985 30 Flint prism 3210 05 Hand spectroscope direct viewing Hand spectroscope designed for class room
41. collisions in two dimensions Because the fall time to the floor is independent of any initial horizon tal velocity the horizontal displacement can be conver ted to a relative velocity permitting the momentum to be computed In order to obtain the full benefit from this experiment students should be familiar with vectors The set consists of a curved ball track with mounting hardware two 12 mm steel balls one 12 mm glass ball and a hollow 25 mm wooden ball A weight and plumb line are also supplied 1992 20 Curved ball track REQUIRED ACCESSORIES 1992 10 Easily smudged carbon paper Steel balls These balls are used for experiments involving motion and energy 1997 10 Diameter 40 mm 1997 20 Diameter 28 mm 1997 30 Diameter 25 mm 1997 40 Diameter 20 mm 1997 50 Diameter 18 mm 1997 60 Diameter 16 mm 1997 70 Diameter 12 mm 1997 80 Diameter 10 mm 1997 85 Diameter 6 mm 1997 90 Diameter 3 2 mm 200 pcs Glass balls 1999 00 Diameter 16 mm Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Ticker tape timer For measuring elapsed time of linear motion The timer comprises an AC coil acting on a spring suspended mar ker plate that in conjunction with a spring loaded ball adjustable from the bottom plate makes dots on a 17 5 mm wide paper tape with the time interval 0 02 sec 64 mm dia carbon disc can be used for marking The ticker tape timer is made of nickel plated steel The top plate with the AC coil is hin
42. fixing rod 2950 80 Slits and filter holder 2960 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 3230 00 Adjustable slit Slit length 42 mm width continously adjustable to a maximum of approximately 9 mm by means of a spring loaded knurled knob Made of black coloured brass pla ced in a black anodized aluminium square 150 mm side length with 10 mm stem The adjustable slit can be posi tioned vertically or horizontally 3230 00 Adjustable slit Ground glass screen Made of plexiglass Dimensions Height 250 mm width 250 mm with 10 mm fixing rod 3055 00 Ground glass screen White screen In laminated plastic with white surface Dimensions Height 250 mm width 250 mm with 10 mm fixing rod 3055 10 White screen iii 3055 00 3055 10 SINET T Ti Set of mirrors convex concave Two mirrors one concave and one convex Fits holder 2902 01 Diameter 50 mm focal length 100 mm 2903 10 Set of Mirrors convex concave Prism table Circular diameter 62 mm mounted on 10 mm diameter stem With adjustable springloaded clamp to accommodate prisms from 10 to 50 mm high 2990 00 Prism table 2990 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 6 OPTICS Optical disc A 250 mm diameter white faced disc clearly marked at every 5 and with crosshairs at 90 to mark the centre Supplied with 10 mm diameter rod allowing the disc to be rotated round the cent
43. for the demonstration of load distribution on hollow metal bodies Dimensions Diameter 50 mm length 97 mm Provided with 4 mm plug pins 4425 00 Faraday ice pail Conducting sphere For experiments in electrostatics e g examining the capacitance of a body this item is useful Sphere dia meter 68 mm Provided with a 4 mm diameter jack for mounting on the insulated rod no 4410 02 4428 00 Conducting sphere 68 mm diameter Insulated rod This item is good for insulated mounting of capacitor plates and conducting spheres when doing electrostati cs experiments The rod is providede with a 4 mm dia meter hole to receive 4 mm jacks and connection bushings for laboratory safety leads Size 145 mm x 10 mm diameter 4410 02 Insulated rod Zinc plate This is used along with the electroscope no 4410 00 for demonstrating the photoelectric effect If the zinc plate is negatively charged and then illuminated by a UV light source e g UV mercury lamp no 2865 00 then the electrometer will show how the plate discharges as electrons are removed by incident photons For best results lightly polish the zinc plate surface using fine steel wool 4410 03 Zinc plate 3700 60 Van de graaff generator For the production of extremely high voltages with low currents Spark length Approx 100 mm Condu ctor sphere of 220 mm diameter provided with 4 mm diameter bush for plug The sphere can be dismant led The generator
44. illustrate that a body impelled horizontally will fall vert ically at the same rate as a similar body allowed to fall freely Place two balls one on each end of the swing arm and push the release One ball is dropped and the other is launched horizontally the simultaneous click as both balls hit the floor at the same time proves the point Supplied with 2 19 mm dia balls in the storage pocket Dimensions L 180 mm W 170 mm H 50 mm 1990 00 Falling bodies apparatus 1990 00 Free fall apparatus This apparatus is designed to be used with an Electronic Counter to determine the fall time for a freely falling steel ball The apparatus consists of a release mechanism which also acts as the start switch a strike plate which acts as the stop switch and gold plated steel balls The release mechanism is provi ded with two dia 4 mm bana na plug connectors for con necting safety dia 4 mm banana plug leads to the Counter start switch input A 10 mm diameter mounting rod for supporting the mechanism on a lab stand is supplied The strike plate is also provided with two dia 4 mm banana plug connectors for attaching this unit to the Counter stop input 1980 10 Free fall apparatus Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 34 MECHANICS 1992 20 Curved ball track Used for two dimensional collision experiments A sim ple but dependable apparatus for demonstrating elastic and inelastic
45. in the 1830 s and later by John Ericsson in the USA who was able to determine the solar constant with remarkable accuracy 4890 10 4890 00 Pyrheliometer with digital thermometer Hand pyranometer with display This instrument is designed for field mea surements of global solar irradiance It is supplied with a digital display for direct readout of the irradiance in watts per squ are meter Two 4 mm safety jack terminals are provided so that the signal can if re quired be used by a remote unit like a datalogger The device is powered by a 9 volt block battery provided 4890 20 Hand pyranometer with display Science Equipment for Education Physics ENERGY T 1723 Heat energy Thermocouple This item can be used to illustrate the phenomenon of thermoelectricity It consists of a piece of copper wire 4865 00 stretched between two pieces of constantan wire The copper wire is wound and soldered securely to the con stantan wire If a temperature difference exists between the two junctions an electrical potential on the order of millivolts can be measured between the two pieces of constantan wire Supplied with 4 mm safety jack conne ctors and with a 10 mm diameter support rod 4865 00 Thermocouple Thermal generator The generator uses a Peltier element with 72 junctions connected in series and mounted on a cooling plates If a temperature difference exists betw een the two sides of the element then
46. indicator shows the units of measurement and the display indicates the input termi nal being used Start stop terminals for attachment of microphones photocells free fall equipment etc are provided There is a connector for attachment of a GM counter for measurements of radioactivity with selec table gate times The counter is provided with an easy to read LED display and a logically arranged control panel making the apparatus highly suitable for demon stration experiments as well as for student lab exercises Memory is provided for storing measured values as well as an RS 232 port for connection to a computer A computer program for analysis of the collected data is provided Time intervals down to 1 millisecond and frequencies up to 2 MHz can be measured a STOP atalys Compatible Technical Specifications General 8 digit 7 segment LED 25 mm high Power supply 230 VAC 50 Hz Time measurement start stop from 0 01 ms to 100 s resolution 0 01 ms Collisions passage times min max 0 01 ms 100 s resolution 0 01 ms Measurement of pendulum period but 1 ms for passage times over 10 s Memory storage for 4 values 2 from each photocell or 3 values from one and one value from another Acceleration passage times min max 0 01 ms 100 s resolution 0 01 ms but 1 ms for passage times over 10 s Memory storage for passage time A passage
47. is limited to 0 1 mA at maximum voltage and to 1 4 mA at the lower voltages Technical Specifications DC Pera Benin BAOG aea mad Voltage 3000 O 3000 V DC max 6000 V val i 4 DC Current O 4 kV 1 8 MA 4 6 kV 0 1 mA Ripple Less than 0 1 AC Voltage 6 3 V AC Current 3 A Supply 230 V AC 50 Hz Size 297 x 225 x 118 mm Mass 4 8 kg 3660 50 O 6000 V DC power supply Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICI T T101 Non stabilized power supplies Power supply 1 12 V AC DC A straight forward and sturdy power source Equipped with automatic thermal cutoff for overload protection A good and economical choice for primary schools beginners student labs for simple experiments with lamps resi stors etc Stepwise regulation of both AC and DC at 1 V increments Readout of both AC and DC volta ges by means of a marked scale and a pointer knob Technical Specifications DC Voltage Adjustable 1 12 V DC in 1 V incre ments Current Max 6 A full wave rectified AC Voltage Adjustable 1 12 V AC in 1 V incre ments Current Max 6 A Supply 230 V AC 50 Hz Size 185 x 225 x 118 mm Mass 2 8 kg 3610 50 Power supply 1 12 V AC DC Power supply 2 24 V AC DC Power supply 24 V AC DC A power supply like 3610 50 but with a voltage range Continuously variable AC and DC outputs The DC from 2 to 24 V in 2 V increments output is partially smoothed b
48. is operated by a 220 V AC motor with a motor speed control unit Dimensions Height 560 mm width 220 mm depth 220 mm Mass 7 2 kg The Capacitance of the sphere is approx 15 pF and the sphere can easy be disassembled by lifting it upwards so the princip of operation can be illustra ted The static electricity is generated from the rub berband and the two plasticrollers The lower roller is turned by means of a rubberbelt connected to a variable engine which means that the current from the sphere approx 6 uA can be adjusted Technical Specifications Conducting sphere diameter 220 mm Spark gap length 80 100 mm Power Supply voltage 230 V AC Total height 560 mm Bottum plate size 195 x 195 mm Mass 4 kg Supplied with a protective plastic cover and manual 3700 60 Van de graaff generator can see the construction If desired the band generator can be driven by hand by moving the drive belt from the motor drive wheel to the handle drive wheel Conductor sphere on rod Sphere for Van de Graaff Gene rator no 3700 00 Diameter 100 mm Mounted on a 410 mm long 010 mm rod with 4 mm safety terminal Mounted on an insu lated base e g no 0006 00 not included 3705 00 Conductor sphere on rod erikse Science Equipment for Education Physics When the conductor sphere is removed the students 3705 00 Insulated stool For use in experiments with static electricity The base
49. mm 3305 30 Bar magnets Al Ni Co Bar magnet AI Ni Co Pair of square section magnets 15 x 10 mm Length 50 mm 3308 10 Bar magnet AI Ni Co 3308 10 3305 30 3305 10 3320 10 3320 00 3315 10 3315 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 92 MAGNETISM Neodymium magnets Neodymium Magnets are rare earth magnets containing iron neodymium and boron These magnets are so powerful that they can be used to manufacture magnets They are capable of detecting magnetic properties in materials you would never have expected Whenever the topic of magnetism is touched upon these magnets are excellent for illustrating magnetic properties Great for induction experiments Place a magnet on either side of the palm of your hand just to illustrate how powerful they are 3318 00 Neodymium magnets 10 x 6 mm boxed pair 3318 10 Neodymium magnets 10 x 8 mm boxed pair 3318 20 Neodymium magnets 14 x 8 mm boxed pair Warning Never store or use these magnets 1 near diskettes credit cards or other mag 4 netic media 3 3315 30 Horseshoe magnet Made of 6 Yo chrome steel with keepers overall length 125 mm 3315 30 Horseshoe magnet 3390 00 Support for Bar magnet For holding a bar magnet to demonstrate repulsion and attraction Made of nickel plated brass Requires a stand e g no 3415 00 For magnets up to max 11 mm squa re or diameter 3330 00 Support for B
50. mm supplied with rubber feet Weight 2 0 kg 0001 00 Retort stand base Retort stand base Stump shaped cast iron with stoved enamel finish designed to accept 10 mm dia retort stand rods com plete with thumb screw Weight 0 43 kg 0004 00 Retort stand base Retort stand base Stump shaped cast iron with stoved enamel finish designed to accept 10 mm dia retort stand rods com 0004 10 plete with thumb screw Weight 0 57 kg 0004 10 Retort stand base Retort stand base Tripod in cast iron with stoved enamel finish Designed to accept 10 mm dia retort stand rods complete with fixing screw and rubber feet Weight 1 0 kg 0006 00 Retort stand base 0006 10 0006 00 Retort stand base Tripod in cast iron with stoved enamel finish with vertical tubing equipped oo with thumb screw Designed to accept 10 mm dia retort stand rods Weight 1 20 kg a 0006 10 Retort stand base 0008 00 30 ma 3 a nn ca anas rT 0008 40 60 Retort stand rods Made of polished solid stainless steel 10 mm dia No Length Diameter 0008 00 150 cm 12 10 mm 0008 10 100 cm 12 10 mm 0008 20 75 cm 12 10 mm 0008 30 50 cm 12 10 mm 0008 40 60 cm 10 mm 0008 50 25 cm 10 mm 0008 60 10 cm 10 mm Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 5 Retort stand base incl rod Steel plate 155 x 200 mm in stoved enamel finish with one M10 hole for
51. mounting tap and 1 ea 6 V 1 A incandescent lamp item no 4250 40 Height 110 mm Mass 86 g 2800 20 Experiment lamp student without stand i Soll gt Caution Arip long Tm z E a ia Spectral lamps Osram A powerful light source for producing line spectra or monochromatic light when used with the appropriate filters Lamps with 9 pole Pico sockets with external gas glow head for visible spectral emission Length 100 mm Diameter 20 mm For mounting inside spectral lamp housing no 2830 50 2835 00 Spectral lamp Na 10 2835 20 Spectral lamp Cd 10 2835 30 Spectral lamp He 10 2835 40 Spectral lamp Ne 10 2835 50 Spectral lamp Zn 10 2836 10 Spectral lamp Hg 100 2835 00 2856 10 2830 50 ka 2800 20 Control transformer Used in conjunction with Osram spectral lamps 3 pin socket for connection of lamp holder Max 1 A Dimensions Width 185 height 120 depth 220 mm Power supply 220 VAC 2840 50 Control transformer Lamp holder for spectral lamps The well known Lamp Holder for Osram spectral lamps no 2835 00 2835 50 and 2836 10 in a new design with cooling fan to assure that the surface of the Lamp Hol der remains below 50 C Equipped with 3 pin plug for control transformer no 2840 50 Provided with 10 mm diameter support rod Dimensions 78 x 78 x 236 mm 2830 50 Lamp holder for spectral lamps 2830 50 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Bright spect
52. of a pair of aluminium rails with 4 mm terminals An aluminium axle with plastic discs can roll freely along the rails and thus completes the electrical contact between them A strong U shaped magnet is required to complete the app use e g our no 3315 00 not included When the axle is placed on the rails betw een the poles of the magnet and power is applied via the rails terminals the axle is strongly repelled l e it rolls along the rails away from the centre of the magnetic field Dimensions 190 x 85 x 65 mm Net weight 445 g 4555 10 Apparatus for Laplace s law Current balance Il For demonstrating and measuring an ele ctric conductor s influence on a magnetic field in relation to the angle between the conductor and the magnetic field The equipment consists of a homogenous permanent magnetic field built up by four magnets in a holder 4565 10 Current balance Il ELECTRICITY 129 4565 00 Current balance For demonstration and measuring of an electric con ductor s influence on a magnetic field The equipment consists of a magnet holder with inter changeable permanent magnets and a holder for wire frames which are mounted by means of 4 mm plugs For the experiment a top loading balance with 0 01 g accuracy and an 0 5 A low voltage DC variable power supply are required The set consists of 1 magnet holder with six permanent magnets 1 holders for wire frames 6 wire frames with wi
53. of galvanized iron They are provided with an eye hook and they are mar ked with the value of the mass 0960 10 Mass 500g 45 mm 0960 20 Mass 1000 g 60 mm 0960 30 Mass 2000 g 75 mm 0960 40 Mass 5000 g 100 mm Stability apparatus To illustrate how stability depends upon the location of the center of gravity with respect to the base The posi tion of the centre of gravity is well defined and can be changed easily Materials Enamelled steel bars with plastic centres Base 100 x 120 mm Height max 260 mm 1920 00 Stability apparatus Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MECHANICS 27 Friction block Friction block area This wooden block with a square This item is for demonstration of the cross section has surfaces with rub dependence of friction upon area ber felt sandpaper and wood Sup Two different areas can be used with plied with a hook at one end Size the same mass Supplied with a 60 x 60 x 300 mm hook at one end 1925 00 Friction block size 300 x 50 x 26 mm 1925 10 Friction block area 1920 10 Double cone with ramp In contrast to what one expects the double cone appears to roll uphill when placed at the bottom of the ramp But is this also the case Stimulate your students curiosity with this simple classical paradox and try it with your colleagues in the teachers lounge 1920 10 Double cone with ramp Inclined plane Inclined plane and friction board
54. on the glider By comparing this to the one determined by the experi ment Newton s second law of motion can be demon strated Procedure 1 Prepare the setup as shown where the switch box will start the counter and the photocell will stop it 2 Repeat the experiment for various acceleration distances by moving the photocell gate back and forth on the air track Measure corresponding values of s and 3 The acceleration can be determined in one of two ways a Calculate the acceleration in each experiment from the formula 2 5 a 2 b Plot the values in a coordinate system with as the abscisse and s as the ordinate The average acceleration of the airtrack glider in the experiments can be found as twice the slope of the best straight line through the data points 4 The expected accelleration of the glider is found by solving m f m tm a Noo AA TA giving Moe a NI AHM tier 5 Compare the acceleration determined in the experi ment with the expected acceleration found according to Newton s 2 Law of Motion Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Newton s 2 Law of Motion EXPERIMENTS E 301 Position s i Acceleration expected Mm g U Se IN Tin Wali Remarks Notice that it is very important to measure s correctly Required Equipment This is done by measuring the distance between the leading edge of the flag on the air track glider and the 1950
55. other Exercise Explain why The magnet is desig ned so that the field weakens fast outside the homogeneous region between the pole shoes Therefore the upper vertical part of the coil feels a magnetic field much smaller than the lower part does This simply causes the proportionality con stant in 2 to diminish a few percents Exercise Why is it diminished and not increased Required Equipment 4565 00 Current Balance 1 00 Pcs 4565 10 Current Balance Il 1 00 Pcs 3630 00 or equiv Power Supply 1 00 Pcs 1029 70 Digital Scale 1 00 Pcs Retort stand cables ammeter 3862 15 if not built into the power supply Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics The beta spectrum Purpose In this experiment you will plot the continuous energy spectrum of the B decay of Sr Y 90 Theory The beta particles are deflected in a permanent magnetic field B Calling the deflection angle 0 the energy E of the p particle is given by the equation in the diagram below where e and m is the charge and rest mass of the electron c is the speed of light and R is the radius of the magnets In this relationship we ignore the somewhat large uncertainty of 0 and we assume the magnetic field to be homogeneous in the gap between the magnets and to drop abruptly to zero outside For a typical magnetic field strength for this apparatus 310 mT the relationship is plotted below EXPERIMENTS E 1003 Proced
56. pus sad 24 1805 00 PAMAMARAAN 25 T010 DD crr tend ence deseus 25 1810 10 4s tee 6a casedteass 25 18 009 on bane ce paaawat 25 JOB Nga eee ae kada aden ad 87 1900 00 er eee be NAA 26 1905 00 SAAN 26 T905 8 re reestis rar ae PA 26 1910 00 a maan tiara 26 TITO TO costes AA 26 1910 20 l0 eee eee oe oes 26 1910 30 setcctdatectoes imi 26 1910 40 icc cee nee eee oe oA 26 T910 50 ode pence ce eaceht ene 26 1910 00 5 1atel ass hao tee eed aaa S 26 IT cate eae ciee be eae od 26 1910 80 paawa ae kaa 26 1920 00 aaa a KAKA GA 26 1920 10 man AR eeedeedss 27 1925 00 octane ete due ere 27 1925 10 aaan 27 1945 00 er istoer norges iws 27 1945 10 anaana 27 1950 00 re ere ssu cne penai 28 1950 02 a Grane AA AGA 29 1300 10 cen tea coe hexane 28 1992 00 ice aes mat wa aoe ee 30 1955 00 gutddtcatdstons aoe 29 Oe Olan ee oe ak oe eae 29 19002 vce pangan eee otiska 29 195990 na olen 15 em anG eae 29 T95540 ce rossa te pus rat 29 1955 50 AA 29 1999 00 iee tendon cen de eau 29 TOO O wa mag AdU DAANAN 30 1955 80 aa Gane cn dee ened ae 30 1955 85 666 er ead eats aden 30 1960 00 ee ee be Meee ee oe 29 1960 10 MAA AA AA 29 1963 00 che AE 30 1965 00 so arate arisen eid tiaretia 29 190 00 ove tat PAA ABAKA 32 1909 00 i et ate aie NG na 32 1969 00 s2tcctcetectoes ag 32 CO Daang a ae mb a ase tee 32 W200 Harhar saa sees 32 19 5 Vara Ge tek ato cob Sete 31 T9 ON ten eh eee eee en ee 15 Oly peep pee AE nG 51 T9 C00 maa aa KARA 33 1980 10 Gan ae
57. range indica tors Technical Specifications Display 37 digit LCD Analog bar graph 34 segments DC voltage ranges 0 320 3 2 32 320 600V 1 2 1 LSD AC voltage ranges 3 2 32 320 600V 2 0 4 LSD Input impedance gt 10M ohm DC current 0 320 3 2 320 mA 10A 3 3 LSD AC current 0 320 3 2 320 mA 10A 3 5 3 LSD Resistance 320 3 2k 32k 3 2M 32M ohm 1 5 5 5 LSD 9V block battery Size 147 x 70 x 39 mm Mass 390 g incl protective cover LCD liquid crystal display LSD least significant digit Supplied complete with measuring leads instructions protective cover and battery Power supply 3862 15 Digital autorange multimeter Digital multimeter model 120 This is a user friendly inexpensive multimeter With only two jack connections the risk of incorrect operation is reduced The instrument can measure DC voltages and currents AC voltage and resistance Diode test transi stor test and battery test features are provided Technical Specifications Display 37 2 digit LCD DC voltage ranges 2 20 200 600V 1 2 1 LSD AC voltage ranges 200 500V 2 0 4 LSD Input impedance 510M ohm DC current 2A 2 5 3 LSD Resistance 0 2 2 20 200 2000 kiloohm 1 5 3 LSD 9V block battery Size 147 x 70 x 39 mm Mass 390 g incl protective cover Supplied complete with measuring leads instructions protective cover and battery 3862 25 Digita
58. retort stand rod of nickel plated steel Retort stand rod 10 mm dia length 60 cm Weight 2 8 kg 0010 00 Retort stand base incl rod 0010 00 0018 10 aa Ji i 7 b a hi ka r e i a ai a at a waa AT al 0018 30 0018 40 0018 00 Clamp Clamp with overlapping jaws on a 10 mm dia Steel shaft Enables articles from 0 40 mm dia To be clamped se curely Jaws are coated with soft PVC Length 230 mm Weight 0 14 kg 0018 00 Clamp Table clamp Designed for mounting of retort stand rods to the edge of a table The holes can accommodate rods of up to 13 mm in diameter The maximum clamp opening is 65 mm The mass of the clamp is 0 36 kg The clamp is made of cast iron with stoved enamel finish 0016 00 Table clamp Table clamp universal Designed for securing round or square retort stand rods up to 25 mm in diameter or plates up to 20 mm thick The clamp can be mounted on the edge of a table thickness up to 56 mm Manufa ctured of cast iron with lacquered finish Weight 1 2 kg 0016 10 Table clamp universal 0016 10 Clamp Clamp with rounded jaws of light alloy on a 10 mm dia steel shaft Enables articles from 20 to 55 mm dia to be clamped securely with cork lined jaws Total length 240 mm Weight 0 2 kg 0018 10 Clamp Clamp Clamp with diecast lacquered angular jaws on a 10 mm dia steel shaft Enables articles from 10 to 40 mm dia to be clamped securely
59. rotatable Moun ted in a holder with agate cup bearings and inclination scale The system can be moved from the vertical to the horizontal plane and serve as an ordinary magnetic needle 3430 00 Dip needle 3440 00 3425 00 3407 00 Compass card cardboard A replica of a compass card mounted on cardboard The diameter of the compass card is 65 mm 3407 00 Compass card cardboard 3420 00 oe 341 oe Fo si 3415 00 3415 00 Magnetic needle Carbon Steel with nickel plated brass bearing pivot Length 110 mm supplied without stand 3410 00 Magnetic needle Stand for magnetic needle Non magnetic metal pillar with carbon steel point on stable base Height 110 mm 3415 00 Stand for magnetic needle Demonstration magnetic needle Length 150 mm with coloured polarity indication and agate cup for needle base Including needle on base 3420 00 Demonstration magnetic needle Suspended magnet Three ring shaped ceramic magnets axially magnetized mounted on a clear plexiglass rod in order to repulse each other Diameter of magnets 40 mm Total height 135 mm 3440 00 Suspended magnet Ring shaped magnet Ring shaped ceramic magnet with axially directed field To be used with 3440 00 Dimension Outer inner diame ter 36 mm 17 mm Height 8 mm 3440 01 Ring shaped magnet Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MAGNETISM 97 Magnaprobe Designed for w
60. size 200 mm x 3 F mm diameter Measuring range 50 to 800 degrees C 2606 52 lo Pi A 2606 51 Liquid sensor Air sensor stainless steel sensor size 200 mm x 8 mm diameter Measuring range 50 to 800 degrees C 2606 52 Air Sensor 2606 50 2606 51 Wire sensor 120 cm long wire measuring range 50 to 200 degrees C 2606 53 Wire sensor 2606 53 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 60 HEAT Gasoline cannon This demo illustrates the explosive power of hydrocarbons The apparatus consists of a plexiglas tube in which a pie zoelectric spark generator is mounted in a rubber stopper in the bottom The inner side of the tube is moistened with a small amount of gasoline and the cork stopper at the top is put in place When the spark generator is activated the explosive mixture of gasoline fumes and air is ignited and the cork stopper is fired from the top of the tube Size 710 mm x 52 mm diameter Mass 480 g 2648 00 Gasoline cannon 2648 00 2649 00 Pneumatic lighter For demonstrating temperature increase when a confined gas is compressed If an inflammable material is placed in the transparent cylinder it will ignite when the piston is pressed to compress the gas The lighter consists of the cylinder with piston Included are a bottom plate with cylinder O ring lubricant extra O rings and inflammable material Supplied with user instructions 2649 00 Pneumatic lig
61. some ultraviolet light The screen can thus be used to confirm that UV light is present in a light source Can be used with the UV Accessory Kit no 2872 10 the UV Lamp no 2871 00 and the UV Probe no 2872 00 Screen size 110 x 105 mm Mounted in a holder with a 10 mm diameter mounting rod 3075 00 Zinc sulfide screen without stand 3075 00 Phosphorescent plate As no 3075 00 but 70 x 95 mm and unmounted 3075 10 Phosphorescent plate Fluorescent plate This plate exhibits fluorescence when exposed to ultra violet light In contrast to phosphorescent materials where visible light emission persists some time after exposure to the UV fluorescent materials re emit visible light only during exposure It can be used to demon strate this phenomenon and to show how some materi als e g UV film in Accessory Kit 2872 10 filter out UV light Size 70 x 95 mm 3075 00 3076 00 3076 00 Fluorescent plate Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen ie Oes Light sensors Sensors The sensors illustrated below have been designed to measure the apparent intensity of visible light lux ultra violet light UVA and UVB as the relative colors of red green and blue light RGB The sensors are supplied with a 5 pole DIN connector and require a 5 VDC pow er supply The sensors can be connected to computer interface system or to an ordinary voltmeter via battery box no 2515 60 UVA sensor directional Usef
62. sufficient to produce a diameter 50 x 22 mm pellet The dry ice pellet may e g be used to operate the Diffusion Cloud Chamber 0730 80 Snowpack apparatus for making dry ice Sorting tray 35 x 27 cm A plastic tray which can be used for a planting box for seedlings 0520 30 Sorting tray 35 x 27 cm 7791 10 7191 11 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS 153 Smoke chamber for brownian motion The chamber is designed for use with a microscope for showing brownian motion in smoke particles viewed through a microscope An experiment lamp or similar device can be used as a light source The apparatus is supplied with a convex lens which condenses the light inside the chamber Smoke is drawn into the chamber with the aid of a squeegee Size 100 x 24 x 25 mm 5150 00 Smoke chamber for brownian motion Smoke chamber for brownian motion with laser As item 5150 00 but for use with laser light The appara tus is provided with two plane parallel windows which let the laser light pass through the chamber Size 100 x 24 x 25 mm 5150 10 Smoke chamber for brownian motion ba Do Si 5150 10 with laser Proton and Neutron demonstration This set is designed to demonstrate the stabilizing effect of neutrons on the atomic nucleus The protons are made of disc magnets while the neu trons are made of browned iron discs The protons Baa 5161
63. supplied with cable including 4 mm plugs Power 1W over 25 ohm Dimensions Lgt 165 mm dia 67 mm Mass 0 2 kg 2505 00 Loudspeaker without stand Loudspeaker The speaker can be used with the type 2500 50 and 2501 50 signal generators for listening to acoustic sig nals The signals can be measured using microphone type no 2485 10 The system contains three loudspeaker units Frequency range 60 20 000 Hz Loading 50 W with 4 ohm impedance Dimensions BxHxD 215 x 116 x 110 mm Weight 2 kg 2510 50 Loudspeaker without stand Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Pendulium experiments Datalyse Compatible Measuring the speed of sound 2482 00 Clapper board This clapper board is ideal for producing the sharp sound pulse required for measuring the speed of sound Produced with two hinged hardwood blocks Dimensions 27 x 50 x 300 mm Mass 280 g 2482 00 Clapper board WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 5 Electronic counter This microprocessor controlled 8 digit counter is desig ned for the measurement time intervals periods of oscil lation rpm frequency and for pulse counting etc The unit of measure is displayed and it is possible to divide the display into two by 4 digits There are start stop terminals for connecting micro phones photocell units free fall equipment etc There is a conne
64. this container cold water can be added via two tube connectors E At NG Edges to be folded TF EN up and down Supplies with users manual and an experimental manual about colouring agents Dimensions 210 x 160 x 80 mm Mass 1 7 kg 5441 00 Electrophoresis apparatus Tray for gelcasting Extra tray for gelcasting including one comb with 4 mm teeth 5441 01 Tray for gelcasting ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Power Supply 0 400 V DC 250 mA 5441 15 Polarimeter Polarimeter well suited to educational purposes Used for determining the concentration of a known optical active compound in a solution or determining the speci fic optical rotation of a compound in a solution Fast rel lable and accurate measurements can be made with this instrument The polarimeter is equipped with a scale from 180 degree to 180 degree with a 1 degree scale and a nonius of 0 05 degree Cuvettes as long as 200 mm can be used Supplied with 1 Cuvette 100 mm 1 Cuvette 200 mm 5458 00 1 Spare Sodium lamp 4 Spare test tube glass end pieces 10 Spare O rings 1 Small screw driver 3 Spare fuses 1 Protective cover 1 Users manual 5458 00 Polarimeter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 156 CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY Spectrophotometer This robust single ray spectrophotometer covers the wavelength range from 190 to 1000 nanometers Measu rements of absorbance transmittance and concentration are easy t
65. time B and the time from A to B Period From 0 01 ms to 10 s Memory storage 8 50 values Frequency 0 01 Hz 1 kHz resolution 0 01 Hz 1kHz 10 kHz resolution 0 1 Hz 10 kHz 2 5 MHz resolution 1 Hz Counter 1 count 10 million counts 1 count resolution Measurement times 1 S 10 s 60s and 100 s Measuring the speed of sound Gate times 2 5 MHz 0 4 ms Memory storage 50 values Dimensions LxHxW 405 x 116 x 205 mm 3 7 kg 2002 50 Electronic counter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 18 FLUID AND GASSES Water powered air pump Polypropylen plastic pump Connection threads for 1 2 and 3 4 pipes Sealing fitting with O ring Supplied with a reverse flow valve Total length 270 mm 0690 20 Water powered air pump Water powered air pump Chrome plated brass with sealing fitting with 1 2 pipe thread Supplied with reverse flow valve Conical tube connection fitting 11 12 mm Total length 140 mm 0690 30 Water powered air pump Water powered air pump Manometer of chrome plated brass with a scale from 0 1 bar Accuracy 0 025 bar Also as 0690 30 Total length 160 mm 0690 40 Water powered air pump 0690 20 Vacuum pump Electric rotary vane vacuum pump The pump is equipped with an automatic gas ballast valve which will open in case of condensable steams suction In such cases the gas bal last valve will operate to avoid condensation inside the pump a
66. use This usefull instrument gives an excellent band width of spectra by using 600 lines per mm Prismatic optical system for diverging image correcting Overall dimensi ons Diameter 25 mm length 105 mm 2985 20 30 3210 05 Hand spectroscope direct viewing Spectrometer This instrument is used for quantitative light experiments where refraction EOT and diffraction of CA light is investigated rh YO S The instrument is provi ded with an easy to read vernier scale that can be read directly in ten ths of a degree The spectrometer is supplied with a prism and grating holder and an adju stable prism table The collimator and telescope are fitted with 178 mm focal length 32 mm aperture acro y matic objectives The telescope is fitted with a 15x Ramsden eyepiece and crossha ir reticle collimator with an adjustable slit The telescope and collimator are supported rigidly and in perfect alignment The telescope and collimator moun ting arrangement permits accurate leveling of the axes and squaring to the axis of rotation The support pillars for the telescope and collimator are made of solid metal blocks to provide durability and an enhanced streamlined appearance The spectrometer table diameter 85 mm is marked with lines to assist positioning of the prism in relation to the leveling screw and it has interchangeable clamping units for prism and diffraction gratings All essential parts are interchangeable
67. very significant features rec lerikser Science Equipment for Education Physics 1 Extra large 45 mm high digits And since the digits are LEDs Light Emit ting Diodes they can easily be seen from the back of the classroom up to 8 me ters 2 Extra large units symbols The units symbols hPa V pH C A Q and Hz ensuring that no student is con fused as to what is being measured A bright 30 mm LED matrix makes this pos sible Switching functions automatically set the correct units symbol 3 Autoranging The measuring range is automatically matched to the measured value 4 One instrument for both chemistry and physics This particular instrument will be used day after day since it not only measures the usual electronic quantities such as volts amps and ohms but it also measures pressure pH and temperature from minus 50 to plus 1200 degrees Celsius 5 Back facing teacher s display In most cases the teacher stands behind the measuring instrument making the reading af the display somewhat awkward A second display is available for the back of the instrument Its 14 mm high digits ensure that the teacher can read the value even when a few meters away from the instrument 6 Computer Output An RS 232 C output makes it a simple matter to connect your computer to the experiment The output is optically IM 131410 Ad presure sensor Ranga ib Ll hFa IM 131510 Air presauro senso
68. with 3 mm glass lenses and detachable top Outer length 68 mm Height 53 mm For demon strating refraction in liquids 3000 00 Prism hollow 60 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 78 OPTICS Sugar prism This simple apparatus provides a simple method for computing the sugar concentration in liquids e g soda pop Using a number of reference solutions with known sugar content one can compare the refraction of light e g a laser beam of reference samples and an unknown solution Supplied with complete instructions for student projects and experiments 5459 20 Sugar prism 3010 20 SE DK 6870 lgod Denmark SE DK 6870 lgod Denmark E17 00870 lgod Denmark SE DK 6870 lgod Denmark E7 DK 6870 Zigod Denmark E17 Dk s70 igod Denmark 5 DK 6870 igod Denmark Frosted Glass Frosted glass 50 x 50 mm fits standard slit support Well suited to optics experiments 3010 50 Frosted glass 5459 20 Apertures slits and gratings Single slit Slit width 1 5 mm The slit is shaped like an arrow 3010 10 Single slit Triple slit Spacing between slits 7 mm slit width 1 mm 3010 00 Triple slit Double slit Mounted in a dias frame between two glass plates Dimensions 50 x 50 mm Spacing between slits 0 1 mm 3240 10 Double slit Single slits various widths This aperture consists of f
69. with cork lined jaws Total length 200 mm Weight 0 22 kg 0018 30 Clamp Universal Clamp Clamp with overlapping jaws of lacquered aluminium on a 10 mm dia steel shaft Enables articles from 2 to 85 mm dia to be clamped securely with cork lined jaws Equipped with a double threaded quick tightening arran gement for ease of use Total length 230 mm Weight 0 18 kg 0018 40 Universal Clamp Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 6 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Bosshead Double Bosshead in lacquered aluminium with two slots at right angles to take round or square rods from 7 to 16 mm dia Total length 130 mm Weight 0 18 kg 0023 00 Bosshead Universal bosshead Double Bosshead made of lacquered aluminium with four slots at right angles to take round or square rods up to 16 mm dia With 2 angular screws Overall length 55 mm 0023 10 Universal bosshead 0023 20 Support rod clamp rotatable This rotatable double rod clamp is made of pressure cast zinc and finished with lacquer For support rods from 7 18 mm in diameter Total length 155 mm Weight 0 174 kg 0023 20 Support rod clamp rotatable Support rod clamp with 10 mm diameter hole Designed for support of equipment using a 10 mm rod Lacquered pressure cast zinc Can be mounted on ret ort stand rods with a diameter from 7 to 18 mm Total length 80 mm Weight 0 077 kg 0028 00 Support rod clamp 0028 00
70. 0 Teslameter Retort stand cables ammeter 8862 15 if not built into the power supply 1 00 Pcs 1 00 Pcs 1 00 Pcs 1 00 Pcs Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 805 EXPERIMENTS Purpose In this experiment we study the force on a conductor placed in a magnetic field when a current flows in the conductor The force depends on the current flowing in the conductor the length of the conductor the magnetic field strength and the angle between the direction of cur rent flow and the magnetic field Here we will investigate the dependency on the angle Theory According to Laplace s law the force due to a magnetic field on a conductor is proportional to the length of the conductor the magnitude of the current through the con ductor the magnetic field strength and the sine of the angle between the direction of current flow and the mag netic field F B8 f L sin Where F is the force on the wire due to the magnetic field B is the magnetic field strength is the current L is the length of the wire and is the angle between current flow and magnetic field For now we want to keep B I and L at constant values only varying 0 Laplace s law can then be written F const sin Weight 0 m 9 Force F N Laplaces s law 2 angle dependency Procedure Place the magnet assembly from Current Balance Il 4565 10 on a sensitive scale Place the Current Balan ce I
71. 0 1000 A Front Panel 0 10 A RMS 0 01 og 0 1 ARMS 0 1000 VA 0 2400 VA 0 1 0g 1 VA 5 0 0 90 1 5 2dgts 3 1000 W 0 2400 W 0 10g1W 5 1dgt Ws Wh 0 1 10000 Ws Wh 0 1 0g 1 Ws Wh 5 a Time 0 1 10000 x 103s h 0 1 og 1 s h Co Hz V Rear Panel 30 240 V RMS 1V RMS A Rear Panel 0 10 ARMS 0 01 og 0 1 ARMS 2 5 1dgt 2 5 1dgt Watt meter This robust user friendly instrument is easy for the students to understand It can measure both AC and DC power The instrument is overload protected and will tolerate brief episodes of incorrect connection and over load Supplied with 4 mm safety jack connectors and a 4 digit LCD Power supply 4 ea 1 5 V AA batteries or line adapter 3550 10 or 3550 20 Measuring range 0 200 W max 30 V and max 10 A Size 158 x 108 x 56 mm 4065 50 Watt meter 4065 50 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 110 ELECTRICITY Digital autorange multimeter model 125 This analog bar graph and digital instrument measures voltage current resistance and a diode tester with opti onal sound signal The auto power off feature turns off the power after about 10 minutes There is a battery low indicator The instrument is provided with an automatic sound sig nal in case of incorrect connection to limit the risk of damage Manual or automatic scale switching is provi ded along with automatic polarity and over
72. 0 50 Capacitor 4 700 uF 25V 4300 60 Capacitor 10 000 uF 40V 4300 70 Capacitor 15 000 uF 25V Metal plates with insulating handles For use with EHT supply or Van de Graff generators to form a simple parallel plate capacitor Anodized alumini um disc 150 mm diameter mounted on insulating plastic rod 10 mm diameter with 4 mm diameter contact holes 4315 10 Metal plates with insulating handles Pea T Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 4315 30 Plate capacitor This square plate capacitor is manufactured from an aluminum plate with a right angle bend at one end This edge has a slot to facilitate mounting on high voltage support connectors Plate size 220 x 220 mm area 484 cm 4315 30 Plate capacitor 22 x 22 cm 4345 00 Full wave bridge This silicon full wave bridge is mounted on a plate with 4 safety jack connectors Max 1 2 A 60 V AC Plate size 72 x 112 mm 4345 00 Full wave bridge 1 2 A ELECTRICITY 117 Semiconductors Rectifier This silicon diode is mounted on a plate with safety jack connectors Max 6A 600 V AC Plate size 72 x 112 mm 4340 00 Rectifier 4340 00 Full wave bridge with LED s This item is used for demonstrating the operation of a full wave bridge It gives a good intuitive illustration It con sists of a plate with four arrow shaped red LED s moun ted on it and connected to four safety jack connectors The unit is protected ag
73. 0 Alpha source Beta source The radioactive source is mounted in an approved holder with a plexiglass shaft threaded at one end for mounting in a support The radioactive material is strontium 90 activity 37 kBq half life 28 years 5100 20 Beta source Gamma source The radioactive source is mounted in an approved holder with a plexiglass shaft threaded at one end for mounting in a support The radioactive material is cesium 137 activity 370 kBa half life 30 years 5100 30 Gamma source Storage holder This plexiglass holder is convenient for storing all three sources 5100 40 Storage holder Americium source for continuous cloud chamber 5120 00 This radioactive alpha source is mounted in an approved holder with a black plastic handle threaded for conveni ent mounting in the cloud chamber Radioactive material americium 241 Activity 37 kBq Half life 458 years 5105 05 Americium source for continuous cloud chamber 5120 00 page 152 5100 00 5100 20 5105 05 Plexiglass holder for americium source 5105 05 This is a convenient protective storage option for the americium source 5105 10 Plexiglass holder for americium source 5105 05 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 5112 00 Isotope generator The generator is designed to facilitate the leaching of a radioactive material for use in experiments measuring the radioactive half life The leaching fluid provided p
74. 0 aa gets Mare ome arden 120 4500 00 120 4500 05 oc Hes aaa keer AYA 120 4500 10 ouae ad AA 120 4500 20 nananana Baeka ga 120 4500 30 AA 120 4500 95 c gceceew serie wd 121 GOOG a Kan casga dai aa 120 AOVO NG wx cee e oe a 120 4510 20 cc creda Oe eee KA 120 MOOO pa nesanemt emei 120 4510 40 24 kaha cadet MAA 120 AS51050 goes eae wane eae 120 4510 60 2 sta AG ee ta wind 120 4510 70 cosctoutwe eee sous 120 4 T2 00 AGA AASA AA 122 4513 00 PAA 121 AOS se acw cece ence 121 4517 00 ws eeepc eee de 122 BONO O O cc GR AKA KK 122 4520 00 odeceat eta et 122 4530 00 ee 123 4530 05 Cus am ame 123 4530 10 unag 0bapa awa kat 123 4550 00 can teenie eae a 128 4590 0 aa kaha ee Red KG 128 4550 20 aata ak eed 128 4552 00 ce ka eee ees 133 4500 00 wa one KA kA 129 4939 Dx ha AG haaa aao ma 129 4556 00 xa weenie Ga eee be 128 MOOI AG ec eee etre eee Gian 128 4509 00 aaa neath Gb 129 4565 10 ep a heme cme Rea 129 MOO Oars Cea ee eee 130 WOU 20 aa cutie ee eres oes 130 4590 30 s da tetad ota 130 4590 40 kak shaban AKA ea 130 4590 50 te oe beet ene fen 130 4590 60 2c teeietee vee sat 130 4593 00 a a nG en eee 130 A5930 cries cas RAK AA 130 4593 03 pad AA 130 4594 99 xa beet ead eee mee eS 131 4599 00 wa ou 0d km thw dae 130 4596 600 oeson hen enadons 130 4598 00 ie acae es Sos eee kka 131 4600 00 maawa wa aaa buen 131 4601 00 AA AA 134 4602 10 erse kaawa rgEKG 97 4605 00 wa cess eee ote a 130 4610 00 pa KK KAN K
75. 0 anG EE Sree 69 4280 00 an Da nae an 113 4289 20 sana name NG bA ee NGA 127 4300 10 ccc eeu ee Pid ee aes 116 4300 20 maa NANG eee ees 116 4300 30 on ceecun dod ous ee 116 4300 40 ce fice Sse Akma se hse 116 4300 50 xia kawaagaamgana 116 4300 60 aaa igre kaaa 116 196 4300 70 occ witn sem eaves 8d 116 POO wk oes Gee See we 116 4315 30 ces cad eae ean 117 4340 00 7a nakadaan dka 117 io SANA paws Gate 117 4346 00 paawa swa ag 117 434710 118 4347 20 maana teh SEKL ARA 118 4350 00 saaan Nawa oe 118 ASOU 1D aa pak Bare eae oe Ka 119 4350 20 pics asawa aaa 119 EP mae ees 118 MoO OG she wed a dwn ae Nae 124 4380 10 PEPE PPT 124 4380 20 aaa 124 4380 30 Kaawa eerie ews 124 4389 00 a ra e daraga eae apad 124 4390 00 ma mwaa ane wee Kc AA 124 4390 10 a ak a eee KA 124 3002 wa aa maa KG maka 124 4395 00 oe erate DAG oe 124 4400 00 oc oce se view eee eas 125 4405 00 124 4407 00 coccteetwe eee tend 120 4410 00 Taano nagamot 124 4410 02 maka BAKA kk 125 4410 03 002 125 4415 00 wa aad cee KE 124 4429 00 3 wawa kaaa me Haya 125 4428 00 nagaaaaadaaaariga 125 4430 00 127 4435 00 aanak AG AG HG 127 4440 00 xa amka site kaaa mag 127 4445 00 occu bes kag Gia eke 127 4450 00 0 125 4495 00 na vee ee ewee ooh aes 119 4497 10 se cp ue seers ee ze 121 4498 00 a a ere 120 4498 05 0008 120 449810 awake oe ee eee 120 449820 dud cated Rage aire 120 44983
76. 0 timer Dimension 140 x 80 x 35 mm 5412 40 pH mV meter M350 incl electrode Lo Bat is shown on display LC display 3 5 digit 12 mm BNC pH Electrode Standard pH electrode with a measuring range of 0 14 Complete with fixed cable and BNC connector Comes with a protective cap and epoxy housing 5415 20 pH7 electrode BNC CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY LSK Compressed gasses Compressed gasses in non refillable flasks Content 14 at atmospheric pressure No Compound 0755 10 Oxygen O2 0755 20 Nitrogen N2 0755 30 Carbon dioxide CO2 0755 40 Hydrogen H2 0755 50 Helium He Necessary equipment 0760 00 Valve for non refillable flasks Urine bags Plastic bag fitted with O 6 5 mm plastic Suitable for storing small amounts of gasses Supplied without trap 0731 00 Urine bags 0731 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 158 CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY Student molecular kit inorganic With this kit many compounds both organic and inorga nic can be build The kit comprise 8 H atoms 1 hole 2 Cl atoms 1 hole 3 O atoms 2 holes 1 S atom 2 holes 1 S atom 6 holes 1 N atom 3 holes 2 N atoms 5 holes 2 C atoms 4 holes 1 P atom 5 holes 2 metal atoms 1 hole 1 metal atoms 2 holes 1 metal atoms 3 holes 1 metal atoms 4 holes 1 metal atoms 5 holes 14 short connections 14 medium connections and 7 long flexible connections Supplied in a convenient
77. 00 aaah aaa 92 3390 00 7a a KG a ra eee Bw 92 9995 20 AA AKA 93 3395 30 chanda eos dshaven 94 3396 10 nG avid wig ee ore oe ed 94 3390 20 tops see WT Bing LA 94 3400 05 v acho cad koe se 6 95 3405 00 ot ok GG ewe ae 95 3405 05 tas GAGA FDA 95 3405 10 aa owdtue concn sst 95 40S TI sates NG oR aa 95 3405 16 ong eeeeaeeee cue 95 3405 18 UA AGANE weeded 95 3407 00 ccgubeeeete AGA 96 S41 O00 PAA 96 3415 00 ga guee wee ome tet eaten 96 3420 00 naaa oe eh dee 96 9429 00 paaa ark kaa ssi 96 SANDO waa ae ot owes ee 96 3435 00 ty oontaseuedssaves 97 3440 00 005 96 3441 01 ges eeee sie cece es 96 9430 00 oi a hie aaa ad 97 SILT L ss ee wee ae ieg s 104 3550 10 AA AA 104 149 cos PAPA 104 9990 20 paman aG ADA da 104 SOW OU ereenn ene eee Kna 101 3610 60 paga sasaka ede 101 3010 00 sapna ce saka 101 96030 22 opara opad epai 103 3655 60 ta4046 ane bee bagan 100 3655 70 po 2nenneeeeeutens 103 3000 90 cd cst et men nee aes 100 SOOO II ee BG Biko eee 103 3009 90 r eoeces eee dee oes 102 3665 55 ce ind aie eee es oe eee 102 00 90 pana tet erence aaa a 126 S10 000 evened een es 126 3810 60 paka eh cee an 105 3810 0 aan PGKA 105 381090 nanag aai 105 98902 15 AAP 110 3862 25 wom ses eee oe 110 3866 40 AMP 110 9000 41 ieee come tees eee 110 3867 70 seed eke ean ae 23 106 BO Dl saa aya 107 98008 02 aaa mam eee eke 107 3808 09 sede te opi wagers 107 3868 04 APAPAP 107 3868 05 acu eines eee 107 4000 40
78. 1 00 Pcs 2515 50 Microphone probe 1 00 Pcs 2501 50 or 2500 50 Function generator 1 00 Pcs 2002 50 Digital Scaler Timer needed if 2500 50 is used 1 00 Pcs 2515 60 Power supply 1 00 Pcs 3862 15 Digital voltmeter an oscilloscope may also be used 1 00 Pcs Carbon dioxide Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Efficiency of an incandescent lamp Purpose In this experiment you will determine the amount of energy that is radiated away from the filament of an incandescent lamp This energy is partly visible and part ly infrared light Theory For a resistor almost all the electric energy applied is turned into thermal energy This is noticed as a rise in temperature E E T Ni PEN EL PENIS hia When lighting an incandescent lamp the electric energy applied to the bulb is converted to radiation as well as to thermal energy E TE ra An TE af Apa a MATA In these measurements we will keep current voltage and time constant which means that the amount of supplied electric energy will be the same for each measurement E 1 U At constant The thermal energy transferred to the system is propor tional to the rise in temperature E C AT Procedure You will perform an initial adjustment followed by three measurements Every time fill the apparatus with the same amount of cold water enough to cover the light bulb Science Equipment for Education Physics EXPERIMENTS E 508
79. 1 ea Tube with wax For inelastic collisions with 1955 20 1955 30 Tube with wax and plug connectors 1 ea Holder with hook Used as pulling hook for acceleration experiments Mass 10 g 1955 40 Holder with hook and plug connectors 1 ea Aperture 25 mm Used as aperture for the photocell unit for time measu rements Mass 5 g 1955 60 Aperture with plug connectors 25 mm 2 ea Aperture 100 mm Used as aperture for photocell unit for time measure ments Mass 10 g 1955 50 Aperture with plug connectors 100 mm 1 ea Cart for air track Made of black lacquered aluminum Supplied with mounting holes for accessories Length 125 mm Mass 170 g 1960 00 Cart for air track 2 ea Weight for cart Additional weights for air track cart no 1960 00 Mass 50 g 1960 10 Weight for air track 4 ea Pulley Low friction ball bearing pulley Used for acceleration experiments Mass 13 g 1965 00 Pulley with plug connectors 1 ea MECHANICS 29 Standard Air Track Accessory Set ele 1960 10 4960 00 1955 00 1955 10 1955 30 1955 20 AV a O e 1955 40 weeny 1955 60 1955 50 1930102 Standard air track accessory set As decribed above and supplied in a plastic box with lid Cards for Air Track not included 1950 02 Standard air track accessory set Science Equipment for
80. 140 5010 10 oc tans doce desea 140 S015 00 mwa kakak aie ook oe 140 5046 00 Hawak 141 9046 05 ca aka eens haa kar ka 141 5060 00 iuo AA ses 154 5100 00 Ga aaa aa Ka a au 144 5100 10 cae ee ee ae de ets ot 144 O 00 20 as cue AGA Woe DE 144 JIQDdO ccc t seen wong ao eba 144 5105 05 cr crenise iha 144 152 5105 10 sasa sahig 144 DUO POE AA 145 S209 PAA AA AA 145 STIS 00 o ada ana Bee hee 145 5120 00 sae KGG Gace ee 152 S29 l9 2uiees ieee eee ems 146 DIZ 2 aag haa ocean 146 DOO a ok ee een Ge ae 148 5135 30 sawa aaah AK 147 DIDO ID Seedy aa haa waa ka 147 So in cise gua EEEE 147 INO 2 accu ed oe eens ake 146 5135 70 22ieseseeees ES oh 146 1400S seer end wer eye et 150 5140 06 ooo he cre mene trite pa 150 5140 10 ar kmag naa Bogus ad 150 5140 11 2 150 OT ae eerste 150 OM E 150 BIO 1A anang hand ditin ade 150 5141 00 2 148 5141 01 2 148 S14 109 PPEP 151 5150 00 0 0 153 5150 10 2c cece eee 153 sia 154 5160 00 o an aonana 153 BAGO Ol AAP 153 5161 00 eee 153 5161 10 20 e eee eee 153 5165 00 ecpseedacaseocect 150 520 00 ado cong ona DA maka ne 13 5250 00 0 eee 158 6250 10 rete cae beets a2 158 5412 40 magana gum anh kendi 157 5415 20 107 157 5441 00 2 155 5441 01 2 155 5455 00 sm sat amba anna 156 5458 00 0 eee 155 5459 00 0 ee eee 160 Le o 160 5459 20 20 eee eee 78 158 5480 00 waa ade Nga So cand 156 5820 00 o an naonana
81. 150g 2946 10 Track riders with 10 mm diameter hole Coil support three phase When demonstrating the principles of the three phase AC generator the rotating field and the asynchronous motor this item is useful A magnet with a rotation bearing no 3320 10 See page 70 can be used as the rotating permanent magnet arma ture The coil holder for armature no 4630 10 and the coils 4625 10 40 may also be used The coil support consists of a triangular acrylic plate with support arms for the armature with coils and bearings There is a wing nut for securing to a 10 mm diameter rod The product is supplied with 4 mm safety jack connectors The edge length of the acrylic plate is 200 mm the height is 80 mm and the mass is 270 g 4735 00 Coil support three phase Science Equipment for Education Physics Magnetic needle with deep bearing This is used as the rotor in the construction of a synchronous motor The length of the needle is 60 mm Mass 5 g 4745 00 Magnetic needle with deep bearing Aluminum ring with bearing This item is used in the construction of synchronous motors The diameter of the ring is 35 mm Mass 10 g 4750 10 Aluminum ring with bearing Cage with bearing This is used as the rotor in the construction of a syn chronous motor 4750 20 Cage with bearing 4724 00 4720 10 ELECTRICITY 137 4745 00 Needle on stand The needle is used to support items no 4745 00 4750 10 or 47
82. 160 5952 00 145 7615 50 AN 160 767020 2 2 occcenediaxess 160 7675 10 a 159 TI NOD ta amn tanha 161 7791 05 sas alt mum aah awa ds 161 7791 10 naamoy ahaaa 4 152 162 779141 152 162 11 ccncesabecias 152 162 E Ea e 152 162 7791 14 aoaaa 152 162 7791 20 152 162 VIO AA 162 7895 00 00 eee eee 159 8298 00 wes dee cas dudcwe on 79 8299 00 cee eee 79 9012 09 a 164 pi 2 cosscdaoaseocee 164 9013 50 165 9013 55 165 IM 131410 000 cee eee 23 IM 131410 00 0 0 0 cee 107 IM 131510 2 0 ee eee 23 IM 131510 osc crcancsaead 107 Frederiksen 197 ALPHABETICAL INDEX A Brass TOQ s2teece coher pulag wees eae NG 124 Cylindrical magnet 2225 22sssefenedaaes 91 A DIE SEP ciecacecen sant 148 150 Bridge for Rutherford s experiment 154 Cylindrical DIITON 26600 beeduoa eran ws 76 89 Brownian motion 153 Acrylic plastic blocks 76 69 Adapter for geiger tubes 149 D Adjustable endstop 32 C po os occ cseuvauet saeeae on 79 Adjustable slit aaa 75 Cage with bearing 137 DC amplifier 46 Air blower severe eee eee 32 Caliper gauge oo ev v cc cv ccc ccccceee 10 Decade resistance box 115 ENCED E es pe nea ana 7 Calorimeter 2 aaa 63 Deflection of beta particles 151 Air pressure demonstration jar 20 Candle holder 69
83. 3215 30 Spectrometer REQUIRED ACCESSORIES 2830 50 Spectral lamp housing 2835 00 2836 10 Spectral lamps 2840 50 Ballast transformer 3255 05 3255 10 Optical grating 2985 30 Flint glass prism Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Diffraction gratings Optical gratings 24 x 36 mm A replicate grating mounted between two plane parallel plates of glass Frame area 50 x 50 mm Grating area 24 x 36 mm 3245 00 Optical grating 300 lines mm 3245 10 Optical grating 600 lines mm 3245 20 Optical grating 1200 lines m 32003092310 ay iy i iT ae i t5 rity Li DIFFER LI II FE EF T 1 1 LGE 11I we Diffraction grating A demonstration slide consisting of three gratings with grating constants of 100 300 and 600 lines mm respec tively Each has an area of 9 x 16 mm They are mounted between plane parallel glass plates in a cardboard slide 90 x 30 mm in size 3260 00 Diffraction grating OPTICS 87 Optical gratings 30 x 45 mm A replicate grating mounted between two plane parallel glass plates Frame area 48 x 63 5 mm Grating area 30 x 45 mm 3250 00 Optical grating 100 lines mm 3250 10 Optical grating 200 lines mm 3250 20 Optical grating 300 lines mm 3250 30 Optical grating 600 lines mm 3250 00 30 Diffraction grating Rowland Diffraction grating glass copy on glass carrier grating surface approx 25 x 25 mm Carrier sur face 38 x 50 mm thickness 4 mm suited for spectr
84. 5 40 100 Q 9 W 4205 45 150 Q 9 W 9 W resisitor 4205 50 1000 Q 9 W 4205 55 2 kO 40W 4205 60 5 kO 10W 4205 65 10 kQ 40W Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 40 W resisitor E EGTRICIMY T E115 Variable resistors This linear variable resistor is cabinet mounted with safe 4220 50 ty jack connectors The resistor inside is wound on a stable ceramic core There are three safety jack con nections on the cabinet so the resistor can serve as a variable resistor or as a voltage divider The resistor can be overloaded 100 for a brief period max 4 minutes 4220 50 Variable resistor 0 10 9 4 A 4220 60 Variable resistor 0 33 9 3 1 A 4220 70 Variable resistor 0 100 0 1 8 A 4220 80 Variable resistor 0 330 9 1 A 4220 90 Variable resistor 0 1000 0 57 A 4220 60 4236 00 Decade resistance box 0 to 10 MQ This solidly built decade resistance box has 7 decades Range O to 9 999 999 ohm at 1 ohm intervals Accuracy x 1 ohm and 10 ohm 2 0 08 ohm X 100 ohm to 10 M ohm 1 0 08 ohm Size 200 x 85 x 175 mm Mass 1 3 kg 4236 00 Decade resistance box 10 M 9 1 Q Decade resistance box 0 to 1 MQ This solidly built decade resistance box has 7 decades Range 0 to 999 999 ohm at 0 1 ohm intervals 2690 00 Accuracy x 0 1 ohm 5 0 04 ohm x 1 ohm and 10 ohm 2 0 04 ohm x 100 ohm to 100 Kohm 1 0 04 ohm Size 280 x 85 x 175 mm Mass 1 3 kg 4236 10 Decade
85. 50 20 4755 00 Needle on stand Needle on Rod The rod and needle are used for experiments with rota ting fields when using coil support no 4735 00 4745 00 Magnetic Needle with Deep Bearing 4750 10 Aluminum Ring with Bearing 4750 20 Cage with Bearing The rod is 10 mm in diameter x 90 mm The overall length of the rod plus the needle is 135 mm Mass 60 g 4755 10 Needle on rod Ganged motors Two identical electrical motors are used for demonstrat ing the conversion of electrical energy One of the motors can be used to turn the other so that it will operate as a generator The two 6 V DC motors are conveniently mounted on a plate provided with 4 mm safety jack con nectors 4724 00 Ganged motors Motor on support plate The 2 6 V DC toy motor is mounted on a plate with two 4 mm safety jack connectors A drive belt pulley is supplied Plate size 70 x 100 mm 4720 10 Motor on support plate Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 2801 00 4885 11 Solar panels Solar cell This high sensitivity monocrystalline silicon device has a light sensitive area of 98 2 cm The output under one sun conditions is 0 48 V at 3 1 A The Solar Cell can be connected to motor no 5005 00 or no 5015 00 motors with different electrical impedance In high irradiance situations e g direct sun light motor 5005 00 will barely rotate while 5015 00 will If a spotlight is used instead the
86. 62 Heat energy 0 eee es 143 Heat radiation detector 64 Heat radiation discs 62 Heat radiation plate 62 Heating ring 2 csgergewraeedteuseateeee ee 7 High pressure sensor 23 Holder for americium source 144 Holder for extra sensitive geiger muller tubes 148 Holder for guards and mirrors 90 Holder for optical fiber 71 Hollow prism a doa wine KAG ke KAL hi ee ow 77 Holograms eine tee nee ee ae he ne ee 84 Horseshoe magnet 92 Hydraulic press 26364 es ceeSeeseatenud 20 I PONG paaa KAKA DA ARNAN KA PAKA ADAN 133 Image formation 24 254 ce aes shes oaelns 90 Immersion heater for low voltage 64 In door thermometer 58 Incandescent lamp 69 Inclined plane 7a nak ee eed kA 27 INAUCHUON PEP AA 134 INGUCHON COW sire BA KA KK PD AA GWA MAA 128 GP PA AA 64 Instruments for student use 105 Insulated CUDS 6x5 ines vos Pie mGA 64 Insulated rod ois in Waa BNG WAG hae KAG NG a 125 Insulated stool waa waaa sh ee hm edn de 127 Insulators gaaf de ied dee KKK eee Cees 118 Interference pattern 45 83 HIS diaphragm a ee ae a ae 74 lron filiN9S oc fe ee es Go tes ts ee Ss 92 ION OTE oe tid os dg ma he a EG 91 KON WEN ca aaa BANDS eee TG AR WAA oe ke 26 Irradiated plastic kit codewe RA kA ee sees 160 Irradiated see
87. 64 200 TNOMSONSTINOS 22602 ee eundeed wo ees 131 Three phase coil support 136 Three phase power supply 102 Ticker tape timer 35 VME cencvcegeceuesay Ss KG AGA AA 15 Timer tape holder 35 Wee MOGs cun ta cw eee nee 136 Transformer Set aaa Grats a 133 Transverse waves 56 Trapezoidal prism 1 0 0 0 es 76 Triangular block 3 6 484054 58dn0 tevin 76 89 THCROFO 5 Ka ack hoe eae awe ees 56 TIGOIOUP aa 3 x 5ne ts peewee A 82 ligclolc ree ce ee ee See ee re eee Saree 4 37 Trolley for compressed gases 163 Tuning forkS 22 ct eee 3e4 ebb Aka hs Bes 53 Two gene separation 161 Type K thermocouple 59 U CPG saa bal eau pi bas cal maa ba es 133 U shaped magnet 91 93 U tube with salt bridge 122 Ultraviolet sensor 86 Ultraviolet light cscs cee kaa eevee en ee eee es 88 Ultraviolet radiation 88 Ultraviolet radiation set 88 Universal bosshead 6 Universal clamp kakanan he WA ee ed 5 Universal motor generator 140 Urine bagS 244 2 4 s22864005 2a eee Reds 157 UV light cover Baan aaah tee sued kO 85 UVA JaMP rae a ih e a aes es od 68 UVA SENSO a a oes ees a ees 86 UVA ACCESSOMICS 0 ce ee 86 UVB SENSO agawa eeeed tend PA eee NAA ex 86 V Vacuum grease 19
88. 7 Biconcave block 76 89 Coupled harmonic oscillators 32 Biconvex block 76 89 re I0 CA 77 F Bicycle wheel OVI oan tc sme dee eee MEG 39 Cubes specific gravity 12 Face BNG CA AA AA 163 Bimetalic StripS 6 66 i gh crt its we ae etd 61 Current balance o cexceceesceenueeaes 129 Falling bodies apparatus 33 BNC double banana plug 111 Current direction indicator 118 Faraday ice pail co vtensi pe icduwnwe nds 125 Bosshead PAA 6 Curved ball track 34 Faraday s net pob are Sab PE ee Bae ees 127 Bottom sample collector 160 Cylinders specific heat 62 Flat springs for resonance experiments 43 Boyle Mariotte apparatus 25 Cylinders specific gravity 12 Flax SCCOS ua aaa MAG AE rna eee He 152 198 FINE DUSOE gesresredrtes ecetes ten eee 77 Fluorescein 2 as ase Gen GG Rene KK AKA Oe ee 79 Fluorescent plate 85 Flywheel re cr ee re eee ae 140 Fraunhofer diffraction 71 Free fall apparatus 16 33 Free fall tube 1 AA 33 Freeware AAP AP 166 Frequency counter 46 Fresnel diffraction 71 Friction block cusvcaewtwnnactacanet aoe 27 Frosted glass iitace dr bee nananana 78 90 Full wave bridge lt 2 5 65 2 bah wee woes 117 Fume hood seb ahas ceded beh he wks 164
89. 80 mm long 8 mm wide 2 mm thick Readout instrument 158 x 108 x 56 mm Includes powersupply for 230VAC European plug 4060 50 Teslameter Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Weight reduction from 7 8 to 2 5 kg Simultaneously readout of voltage and current for AC and DC Improved sinus waveform for AC Higher efficiency lower temperature Power supply 0 24 V AC DC This power supply features continuous regulation from 0 24V AC and DC It can be connected to separate loads to the DC and the AC connections and the voltages can be set separately It also permits simultaneous digital readout of both the AC and DC voltages and currents The supply has continuous regulation of DC current in the entire current range and a fixed AC current limiter is provided It is electronically protected against overloads LED indicators in both the DC and AC ranges indicate whether or not the current supplied has reached the upper limit in which case the built in current regulation will reduce the output voltage This CE approved power supply with safey transformer fulfills the requirements of the EN 61558 1 standard The power supply outputs are safety jack connectors and these live up to the safety requirements of the Danish Electricity Council thi _ Power Supply 0 M vacog mi Pow ELECTRICITY 99 Switch mode regulation SMPS The combined requirements for high current levels low oper
90. A ws 132 aie kea kO AA RP 132 4025 10 xaak kan ee 133 4625 17 gaanu ae 133 4625 20 paaa Si eae ie ban 133 4025 22 ca aaa Nad mee 133 4025 20 roait aiee EE 133 4625 27 paaa mah 133 4029 30 zx Ga LAW EG 133 402540 waaa te Shed dd wa 133 4630 00 a hawaas hara agom 133 4630 10 AA AA 133 4630 20 acces etre ede Dan 133 4639 00 aaa an Gams 134 4640 00 naaawa pagan 134 4680 00 ins ete ee eee a 50 4108 00 xa cette eres ces 135 G06 10 ce ATE 136 4108 20 uka cbaeensbueaed 135 4108 30 ke oe eeewi sane teas 136 4716 10 2c ieveet AA 104 4120 10 oto geke menses 137 4724 00 sate mAh ee 137 4135 00 sawaaaiha be eens k s 136 ATASOO 2a chy wens haaa ka 137 OO cin euviawane ses 137 4150 20 66 2465 oe Pens eee 137 4155 00 secs ensdadda stack 137 ATOONG acne PP 137 4865 00 2 oe cca congenic ka 143 48 900 See a ak man ii 143 4869 00 20 cc ssade eden deus 138 4005 10 o4cee kaaa KA Ka es 138 ZOO LIL Guevuueteewonues 138 4885 l PRE 139 4885 16 139 balotang I AE 139 4885 18 occur mka risa 139 4889 19 aga kok ne oe Se 139 4885 20 civ ei ceaeeradads 139 AGBO PP ede wows be 139 4985 22 ius suarekin eee 139 4885 23 4 428638 oe Peek aU 139 4885 24 1 eee eee 139 W6G0 90 aw DAGAN rar sewed 138 488S OT aw teat aaa sanoina 71 4890 00 occeos eee eek eee ex 142 4890 10 AA 141 4890 20 4c wk ka kak xk 142 4895 50 eect tet ae ae t s 45 71 5005 00 ma cc rrrenerrernsi 140 5005 10 cates eee toe eo daca 140 5010 00 22 ews tenes eee we
91. Can be utilized either as a DC motor or as genera tor Total length 220 mm 2025 00 2025 00 Universal motor generator Flywheel To show conversion of kinetic energy to electrical energy and vice versa Steel flywheel 60 mm diameter mass 105 g with hole 6 mm dia For motor generator 2025 00 5010 00 Flywheel 5010 00 5010 10 Propeller For demonstration of conversion of wind energy to electrical energy and vice versa The propeller can be mounted on motor generator 2025 00 Diameter 66 mm Made of nylon 5010 10 Propeller Low torque motor This very low torque motor is mounted on a rod and sup plied with a small propeller and protective rear panel to protect the blades against breakage The 1 5 V motor will start to turn at voltages as low as 35 mV The nominal power dissipation is less than 0 3 W 5015 00 Low torque motor Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Motor and propeller for solar cell Set of low torque motor and 4 blade propeller 4719 00 Motor and propeller for solar cell Propellers for wind mills Sturdy plastic propellers originally designed for model aircrafts but when mounted on 12V motor generator 2025 00 they will act as Wind Mills They do not provide much power but sufficient for student measurements Propeller 30 cm 3 blade propeller 30 mm with a 8 mm bore which fit the spindle on motor generator 2025 00 5046 00 Propeller 30 cm ENE
92. Demonstration balance 26 aaa T8 Capacitor 116 Demonstration compass 95 Air pump plate aaa ae ge E 132 Demonstration multimeter 22 106 PAPC si tere aya te maana Seat of ede are a dre 32 Carbon microphone 50 Demonstration stopwatch 14 Al NaC mpa bh EBA AKNG BG PAK ABA DELIA 28 Carbon paper discs a 35 Density 0 00 00 a 13 Air track accessory set 29 Carbon rod holders 132 ICES PEPE CE PT PAPET PE PADA 145 Alcohol meter aan 13 Carbonbox microphone model 50 Diffraction grating 81 nee CUD eater e manmade Aa a 111 3 Cardboard square for coil 133 Diffraction gratings 83 PPS SOULE Kakabaaaig ae ese en aa ao ee o9 Diffraction kit aaa 71 AA plate A PREP AE RE GPa a OSEE ooeeeco co aa es cece vce 21 Diffusion cloud chamber 152 uminum ring with bearing aital countdown clock 14 Americium 241 souree eee a aaa om tt i a a 105 Chain reaction apparatus 359 Digital scal 2a terieri griioreri se 11 Anemometer aaa 29 Chladni plates ge DakOanssaanaa seuss sea we 14 pasya panei ane Chlorophyl mutations in barley 161 Digital thermometer 59 Circular motion apparatus 38 Dip needle naaa 96 Apertures aaa aaa 78 Clamp 5 Discs with
93. Generatormodel Motormodel Coil holder with commutator and collector This item is used to build up the armature for the motor generator using a 400 winding coil no 4625 20 and I core no 4630 10 The coil with the I core is mounted above on the four taps Of these the smallest serves as the connection to the commutator below It is designed so that it above and below can serve as a col lector in constant contact with the coil The middle secti on reverses the current for every half turn of rotation The coil holder is provided with a drive belt pulley below and a 10 mm diameter rotation axle rounded at the end so that it can serve as a pressure bearing against a sur face 4708 00 Overall height 142 mm Overall diameter 76 mm Commutator collector diameter 30 mm Drive belt pulley diameter 28 mm Length of drive shaft 41 mm Mass 280 g 4708 00 Coil holder with commutator Commutator collector contact springs oa These contact springs are manufactured of phosphor bronze and mounted on plastic rods for the magnet holder no 4708 10 Each is provided with a 4 mm safety jack connector Overall length 140 mm 4708 20 Spring size 8 x 0 5 x 100 mm Plastic holder with 10 mm diameter hole and thumb screw 4708 20 Commutator contact springs Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 136 ELECTRICITY Manual drive pulley This is used with the profile track no 2946 35 and a benc
94. M E S Mounted on a plastic base with two 4 mm safety terminals Dimensions 72 x 143 mm 4120 00 Lamp holder E 10 M E S Lamp holder E 10 M E S Mounted on a plastic base with four 4 mm safety terminals for series or parallel connecti 72 Xx 143 mm 4120 10 Lamp holder E 10 M E S Now they Lamp sockets 5 E 10 sockets This item is useful for demonstrating parallel and series data transmission when used with the 6 lead cable no 1124 00 5 E 10 sockets are conveniently mounted on a low plastic box and connected to six 4 mm connectors for safely leads All of the E 10 socket middle poles are connected together to 4 mm connector number 6 Size 72 x 143 mm 4120 40 Lamp sockets 5 E 10 sockets 4120 40 4130 10 Lamp holder E 27 ES Mounted on a 10 mm diameter rod supplied with cable and 220 V plug Base is not included 4130 10 Lamp holder E 27 ES Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICITY 113 Lamp holder pivot socket Mounted on an insulated plate with two 4 mm safety ter minals on a 10 mm diameter rod Length 170 mm di stance between poles 40 mm 4135 10 Lamp holder pivot socket Contact key single Consists of a nickel plated spring arm with press knob Two 4 mm safety terminals Mounted on a plastic base 72 x 143 mm 4140 00 Contact key single Knife switch Single pole double throw Plastic base with three 4 mm safety te
95. Physics Standing waves in an air COIUMN tHeoretical BACKGROUND FOR E 407 and E 408 When sound waves are reflected at the ends of atube Closed ends resonances occur at certain frequencies giving rise to standing waves This happens if the sound wave after two reflections is in phase with the original wave resul ting in an increased sound level at this particular fre quency Surprising as it seems sound is reflected not only at a closed end but also at an open one a Pressure As the air cannot move into or out of a solid pressure variations build up at a closed end On the other hand the air molecules are free to vibrate at the open end of a tube resulting in minimal pressure variations The microphone used in these experiments measures the sound as variations in the air pressure not the ve locity We will therefore concentrate on pressure variati ons in this treatment To the right some examples of resonances are drawn schematically Places with a minimum variation in sound pressure e g at the open ends in the third drawing are called nodes marked N Places with a maximum variation in sound pressure e g at the closed ends in the first drawing are called anti nodes marked A Notice that the distance between to neighboring nodes or two anti nodes is one half of the wavelength A As can be observed from these drawings the length of mia E A amp K H the tube L and the wavelength cannot b
96. Pressure sensor with scale 1610 00 Pascals vases apparatus 1640 10 Archimedes cylinder set This equipment is for demonstrating Archimedes law It consists of a plastic cylin der supplied with an eye and a transparent container with nylon loops for suspen sion on a newton meter or a balance The plastic cylinder is immersed in water and the buoyancy of the water opposes the gravitational force on the cylinder with a magnitude corresponding to the weight of the displaced liquid This can be com pensated for by filling up the container with water for the internal volume of the container corresponds exactly to the volume of the plastic cylinder 1640 10 Archimedes cylinder set Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen Liquid level apparatus To show that the level of liquid in connected ves sels is constant regard less of the size or shape of the vessels The tubes are mounted on a plastic base diameter 120 mm Overall height 230 mm 1630 00 Liquid level apparatus 1645 00 Overflow container archimedes beaker A body is immersed in the cylindrical beaker Diameter 37 mm height 147 mm The displaced liquid runs out through an overflow tube and can be collected Used to demonstrate Archimedes law 1645 00 Overflow container archimedes beaker 1630 00 1732 00 1730 00 Air pressure demonstration jar A glass cylinder 120 x 120 mm high with ground bottom edge for
97. RGY 141 5046 05 Propeller 40 cm 3 blade propeller 40 mm with a O 10 mm bore which fit the spindle on motor generator 2025 00 5046 05 Propeller 40 cm Solar measuring instruments Pyranometer This instrument is intended for the measurement of the direct solar irradiance The output signal is temperature compensated and each instrument is individually cali brated The output signal is directly proportional to the global solar irradiance in watt per square meter An out put signal of about 160 millivolts corresponds to an ir radiance of 1000 W m All components are weather pro tected so that the instrument is suitable for mounting outdoors Size 10 x 10 x 2 5 cm Output signal O 200 mV 4890 10 Pyranometer Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen Pyrheliometer with digital thermometer This instrument is designed to measure the direct solar irradiance The detector at the bottom of the collimator tube is a black painted brass cylinder to which a digital thermometer probe has been mounted Only the direct rays of the sun and some circumsolar radiation reaches the detector The complete user s guide which is provi ded explains the pyrheliometer equation This permits calculation of the solar irradiance from the heating of the brass cylinder Measurements throughout the day permit the solar constant to be determined The technique was first used by Pouillet in France
98. Resistance box 1 M 2 0 1 Q Material samples Set of 8 sticks Used to examine the conductivity of dif ferent materials Made of aluminum lead nylon glass rubber iron copper and brass Supplied with plastic case with transperant cover Dimension Diameter 5 mm length 120 mm 2690 00 Material samples Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 116 ELECTRICITY Resistors for measuring temperature coefficients These immersible resistors are used to determine the resistance temperature coefficient for various materials They consist of resistance wire diameter 0 25 mm wound on plexiglass cores with safety jack connectors as The resistance wire is immersed in a non conductive 4240 10 30 a liquid e g kerosene or mineral oil By measuring the resistance as a function of temperature the temperature coefficients of the materials can be found Size 180 mm x 20 mm diameter The specified resistance values are for 20 C 4240 10 Resistor copper app 1 8 Q 4240 20 Resistor constantin app 46 7 Q 4240 30 Resistor nickel app 8 7 Q Capacitors Electrolytic capacitors Used in energy conversion experiments to show how energy is stored in a capacitor and to demonstrate that energy stored in a capacitor is proportional to V 4300 60 4300 10 No Description 4300 10 Capacitor 1 uF 63V 4300 20 Capacitor 10 UF 25 V 4300 30 Capacitor 100 uF 16V 4300 40 Capacitor 1 000 uF 16V 430
99. Science Equipment for Education physics Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen LABORATORY EQUIPMENT 4 7 MEASUREMENTS 8 17 FLUID AND GASSES 18 25 MECHANICS 26 39 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 40 56 HEAT 57 64 OPTICS 65 90 MAGNETISM 91 98 E ELECTRICITY 99 437 Mi ENERGY 138 13 E RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS 144 154 E CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY 155 165 Ce SOFTWARE 166 a EXPERIMENTS 167 193 ALPHABETIC NUMERICAL INDEX 194 200 Physics Chemistry Biology Science Technology Lab Equipment Physics Equipment for Today and Tomorrow Frederiksen has been developing and pro ducing physics equipment for more than half a century Physics teachers in Denmark and around the world cooperate closely with Fre deriksen in the continuing evolution of new improved and more versatile equipment to meet changing needs Just as Newtons s laws of motion are univer sally valid we aim to provide world wide users with science equipment which is suitable for any curriculum in any country well designed and of high quality competitively priced In order to supply you with nothing but the best we depend on your feedback with com ments and suggestions Whether you want to order new equipment or suggest improve ments please get in touch with us If you seek advise on applications feel free to contact your Frederiksen dealer for
100. Vacuum Meter xa mha a Phe whee be es 19 Vacuum pUMP uka waa die Nd GE hw NG KN 18 Van de graaff generator 126 Variable resistors 115 VAC nadine PA APA ee oe Eas 79 Mie ON wo pices oc oe ayo ee as eee a 42 Vibrator accessories 43 Voltameter aes mwa oe NAA aoe as 123 Voltmeter sa Kasa BG bane deeeneesi 105 W Waste trolley sag daw D EAR ERA ss 165 Water powered air pump 18 Watt and energy meter 108 Watt MEN 26 43 305080 BANKER BAG WG a 109 Wave apparatus 0 cee ees 56 Wave machine 0 0 cece ees 56 Wavelength of light 46 83 Wax plates on 22 succeed oe wa AWAN do 63 Weights with hooks 26 Wheat seedS AP 152 Whirling apparatus PA AA 82 White screen 2664556086 cewek omen Oee Or 75 Wind speed meter 25 Wollen cloth waaa otaues NANA AG Hews 124 Worm container 620i 6 ws ARKA RH RRR 159 Y Yellow mustard seeds 152 Z Zinc plate ma KAMA KANAN PARE ee ee 125 Zinc sulfide screen 85 A S Soren Frederiksen lgod Tel 45 7524 4966 Info frederiksen eu Viaduktvej 35 DK 6870 lgod Fax 45 7524 6282 www frederiksen eu
101. a potential difference will be genera ted Seebeck effect On the other hand if a potential is supplied to the element at tempera ture difference will appe ar between the two sides Peltier effect The exposed side of the Peltier element can be readily heated or cooled e g using a metal conta iner with hot or cold water An electrical cur rent can then be obser ved The presence of this current is easy to show to a group using a small lamp e g 1 5 V 0 09 A item no 4250 05 or a low torque motor no 5015 00 If a voltage is applied to the Peltier ele ment to produce a tem perature difference then it must be no more than 8 Vat5 A 4875 00 Thermal generator 4875 00 5015 00 4875 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 144 RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS Radioactive sources Radioactive sources Sealed and protected The active material is enclosed in metal foil sealed in a cylindrical mount provided with a handle of acrylic plastic The sources threaded for mounting in a holder The set consists of the following sources Alpha Beta and Gamma Source Supplied in a storage holder 5100 00 Radioactive sources set with holder Alpha source The radioactive source is mounted in an approved holder with a plexiglass shaft threaded at one end for mounting in a support The radioactive material is americium 241 activity 37 kBq half life 458 years 5100 1
102. agenta Color filters acrylic Color filters produced with 3 mm thick 50 x 50 mm acry lic plates suitable for use with the aperture supports items 2950 80 and 2970 00 3085 00 Color filter red 3085 10 Color filter yellow 3085 20 Color filter green 3085 30 Color filter blue 3202 00 N 3200 00 3205 00 Colored filters 10 pieces Set of colored filters mounted in slides Yellow ruby blue red green cyan magenta purple mat 3090 90 Colored filters 2949 00 3085 00 30 Tricolour Colour slide of the three primaries pro jected onto a screen and combining to produce the three secondary colours and white light 3088 00 Tricolour slide Colour disc Of stout card board diameter 300 mm with three sets of seven spectrum colours correctly proportioned to appear white when rapidly rotated 3200 00 Colour disc Whirling apparatus For rotation of colour disc no 3200 00 Consists of handle with shaft and pulley with cord for rotation of shaft The colour disc is fastened on a 8 mm thread with knurled nut Length 160 mm diameter 25 mm 3202 00 Whirling apparatus Discs with black white patterns The set contains two discs They create the sensation of a color spectrum when rotated slowly Disc diameter 120 mm The discs can be used with the motor with mounting axle item no 2025 00 3205 00 Discs with black white patterns 3090 90 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Educati
103. ainst overloads by current limi ting resistors Max 15 mA 25 V AC It can be used with signal generator type 2500 50 By reducing the frequency each step in the rectification pro cess can be followed Plate size 90 x 90 mm 4346 00 Full wave bridge with LED s 4346 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 118 ELECTRICITY Current direction indicator 30 V This current direction indicator has LED s mounted with opposite polarities If the unit is connected to a direct current source then one of the LED s will light up and show the direction of the current If the unit is connected to an alternating current source the both LED s will light up If the unit is moved back and forth the eye can detect that the LED s light up alternately as the current switches back and forth The current indicator is supplied with two 8 mm diameter yellow LED s mounted in a cabinet with 4 mm safety connectors It is provided with a 10 mm diameter mounting rod Size 120 x 120 x 27 mm Rod length 93 mm 4347 20 Current direction indicator 30 V Current direction indicator 300 V As item no 4372 20 but with red LED s for connecting to voltages of up to 300 V 4347 10 Current direction indicator 300 V Stationary terminals and insulators Stationary terminal 10 mm dia rod with insulated terminal screw and two 4 mm dia mounting holes for 4 mm Stationary terminal i
104. anging the ang le between the incoming particle beam and a Geiger Muller detector To demonstrate the effect of the magnetic field on the beta radiation you start with the magnets removed from the apparatus and align the beta source and the detector When the magnets are re introduced the radiation disappears By changing the angle between source and deflector the radiation can be found again but only if the magnetic field is oriented correctly From the angle of deflection the kinetic energy of the particles can be deduced This way the energy spectrum can be sketched to show its continuous nature 5141 05 Deflection of beta particles Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 152 RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS Diffusion cloud chamber Continuously operating diffusion cloud chamber for the observation of a particle tracks Diameter 120 mm height 90 mm With the aid of approx 50 g dry ice and 1 2 ml alcohol the traces of fog can be observed for about 30 min The chamber requires no high voltage sources it is equipped with a 12 V lamp Without radioactive preparation 5120 00 Diffusion cloud chamber 5120 00 Irradiated seeds Simple plant experiments for demonstration of the effect of radiation on plants With this experiment the effects of increasing radiation doses on plants can be observed It will also be found that radiation is more harmful to some plants than to others Five different
105. ar magnet 3330 00 Iron filings 150 g in polythene shaker for sprinkling filings 3375 00 Iron filings Materials set for magnetism Consists of 8 plates of magnetic and non magnetic materials each 65 x 25 mm Materials provided are Brass nickel lead copper aluminium iron zinc and plastic 3390 00 Materials set for magnetism Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics AAP ee pn DA f a a a atan pa 1 W r a T Ng a AA AA DAGA MANO AE Ei A ny pA Pa AA af ree gre st Pad KY z pa oe gee oe et AI a z y ae ae gl ae ge ee 5 y ig a HC ONG UAE ar by EET ag Pt sak i on 3315 20 3340 00 3325 00 3395 20 MAGNETISM 93 Magnetic field demonstrator Elegant and easy to use no messing about with iron fil ings The perfect aid for clearly revealing the magnetic field lines in 1 2 or 3 dimensions Equally suited for demonstration purposes and student experiments A number of unique experiments can now be performed with this new Magnetic Field Demonstrator kit The kit consists of 4 plastic plates which contain total of 392 small 8 mm magnetic pins Dimensions of each pla te 153 x 77 x 6 mm The plates are transparent which means that experiments can be visually displayed by means of an overhead projector The kit may be utilized exactly as you like each plate separately or 2 3 or 4 covering a larger area For 2 or 3
106. are measured around 1 of the expected value this is generally due to the sharp clap sounds being too loud Move slightly away from the microphones and try again until con sistently good measurements are obtained Practice makes perfect If the timer shows very long time intervals this is most often due to an imprecise sound pulse which does not provide the microphones with clear start and stop sig nals Try again using a sharper louder sound pulse Required Equipment 2002 60 Student timer or equiv 1 pcs 2485 10 Microphone 2 pcs 2482 00 Clapper board 1 pcs Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Boyles law pressure and volume of an ideal gas Purpose The goal of this experiment is to illustrate the relationship between the volume and pressure of an ideal gas at con stant temperature Theory The behaviour of an ideal gas at constant temperature can be expressed as follows p V K where p is the pressure of the gas V is it s volume and K is a constant which remains the same for a given quan tity of gas at constant temperature During the experi ment corresponding values of p and V will be noted and the constant K can be found Procedure 1 Open the air release valve The air pressure can be read on the scale in this case 10 newtons per squa re centimeter 2 Adjust the front edge of the piston so that it is in line with the middle scale marking Now close the air re lease valve
107. ase phase are as follows 3 8 6 6 9 1 15 8 and 14 4 25 V max 6 A 3665 55 Three phase power supply Type Voltage V Current A DC Ripple Stabilized Adjustment V Protection Voltage Current Adjustment AC Protection Di 3 3610 50 1 12 6 10096 no 12 steps no thermal 1 12 6 12 steps thermal 203x225x118 3 1 3610 60 2 24 5 100 no 12 steps no thermal 2 24 5 12 steps thermal 203x225x118 3 3 3618 50 0 21 5 100 no continuously no thermal 2 24 5 12 steps thermal 259x225x118 5 9 0 32 3 4 3620 50 0 24 10 6 lt 25 mV yes continuously yes electronic 2 24 6 12 steps thermal 312x225x118 6 9 3620 51 0 24 10 6 lt 25 mV yes continuously yes electronic 2 24 6 12 steps thermal 312x225x118 6 9 3620 60 0 24 10 6 lt 25 mV yes continuously yes electronic 0 24 6 stepless thermal 312x225x118 7 8 3620 62 0 24 10 6 lt 25 mV yes continuously yes electronic 0 24 6 stepless thermal 312x225x118 7 8 3630 00 0 24 10 6 lt 25 mV yes continuously yes electronic 0 24 6 stepless electronic 312x225x118 2 5 3655 60 50 0 500 50mA lt 0 1 no continuously no electronic 2 7 3 6 steps thermal 312x225x118 4 6 3655 65 50 0 500 20MA lt 0 1 no continuously no electronic 2 7 3 6 steps thermal 312x225x118 4 6 3660 50 3K 0 3K 1 8 0 1 lt 0 1 no continuously no electronic 6 3 3 no fuse 312x225x118 4 8 Thermal automatic thermal cut out Automatically activated in case of overload Wait approx 40 s then press the
108. asu red A bright 30 mm LED matrix makes this possible Switching functions automatically set the correct units symbol 3 Autoranging The measuring range is automatically matched to the measured value 4 One instrument for both chemistry and physics This particular instrument will be used day after day sin ce it not only measures the usual electronic quantities such as volts amps and ohms but it also measures pressure Hz pH and temperature from minus 50 to plus 1200 degrees Celsius 5 Back facing teacher s display In most cases the teacher stands behind the measuring instrument making the reading af the display somewhat awkward A second display is available for the back of the instrument Its 14 mm high digits ensure that the teacher can read the value even when a few meters away from the instrument 3867 70 6 Computer Output An RS 232 C output makes it a simple matter to connect your computer to the experiment The output is optically isolated from the instrument input so there is no danger of damaging the computer when working with high vol tages Since the output is controlled by a microproces sor using standard data formats connection to a com puter is straightforward 8 Graphing program available For those cases where it is desirable to plot a function versus time Such as temperature during a chemical rea ction a program is available to take measurement at specific time intervals and then plot the p
109. ate thickness 0 5 mm 5140 13 Aluminum plate thickness 2 mm 5140 14 Aluminum plate thickness 3 mm Beta spectrometer apparatus The apparatus is placed in a variable magnetic field The deflection of beta particles emitted from a source depends upon the strength of the magnetic field The radiation is detected at the end of a circular channel for a variety of field strengths There is a support for the beta source with a circular cutout and a cutout for a Hall dete ctor An electromagnet pole assembly and coils are also needed for the experiment 5165 00 Beta spectrometer apparatus 5140 05 5140 06 5165 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS 151 Teslameter This instrument is ideal for determining the strength of the magnetic field when doing experiments with 5165 00 Beta spectrum apparatus or 5141 05 Deflection of beta particles For a detailed description see page 98 4060 50 Teslameter 4060 50 5141 05 Deflection of beta particles The deflection of beta particles is easily demonstrated with this accessory for the bench for experiments with radio activity 5141 00 The magnetic field is provided by a pair of strong permanent magnets The direction of the field can be reversed and the magnets can be removed altogether A beta source is mounted in a collimator that can turn around the centre of the magnets thereby ch
110. ating temperature and compact size are best met by using switched mode regulation This is the ultimate means of avoiding heating problems and wasted energy The dependability and lifetime of the power supply is enhanced due to lower operating temperatures for all cir cuit components The supply fulfills all requirements with respect to noise emission The supply also boasts low weight compared with traditional power supply solutions This is a user friendly power supply with a large capaci ty The simple and logically arranged control panel redu ces the possibility of incorrect use The unit is sturdy and compact It can operate hour after hour at maximum rated current capacity without overheating The unit ful fills EU s requrements for CE marking and the low volta ge directive DC Specifications Voltage 0 24 V DC smoothed stabilized and con tinuously adjustable Noise and ripple Less than 25 mV Current Up to 10 A AC Specifications Voltage 0 24 V AC continuously adjustable Current Max 6 amperes Frequency The same as the line voltage 50 60H2 AC DC Electronically protected against overloading Switched readout for AC DC voltage and current Line voltage 230 V AC Size 297 x 225 x 118 mm Mass 2 5 kg Net weight of power supply 3630 00 Power supply 0 24 V AC DC Power supply 0 24 V AC DC Similar to 3630 00 but current limiter is operated through a hole in the front using a scr
111. bility apparatus oaaao nannan 26 Stand for magnetic needle 96 Standing WAVES 6 mn i ke teed bee ed 48 Stationary terminal 118 Steel ball with eyelet 55 Steel ballS APA 34 Steel plate for electro galvanization 122 Stir for calorimeter 63 DLODWAON s sarerea de bw dee ad KG KAWAWA 14 Storage holder 0 aaa 144 Stroboscope maana stag Naga ga BA 37 Stroboscope ONG 22442204665 necbees lt 36 Strontium 90 source 144 Student bell jaf 22224 eee2e3 eed See ees 24 Student reuter lamp 65 Student tiMef Ha kaa nA aan HAKA 15 Sugar DIS 522342464482 06622458 78 158 Support for bar magnet 92 Support rod clamp moa aaah dae we 3 6 Suspended magnet 96 Suspension NOOK Haha EG cies de BAGAKAY 6 DVM WO APA 30 SWHCNES ons ebse adie ood kw eee wees 113 T Table clamp cs iwr eevee ene EGGS 5 lap rere Se ee ee es e ee 35 Tape holder 0 66 a bw nd edo AA 35 Tape measure 1 ee 9 Temperature coefficients 116 Teslameter 98 151 Thermal expansion apparatus 60 Thermal generator 143 Thermal Sensors nasaan aah na kA KA 59 Thermocouple apa oa eee NG 59 143 Thermometers 57 58 59 106 Thermometer without scale 58 Thermometer galilei 57 Thermopile a hh anana sna oh sce cy me rahe
112. black white patterns 82 Apparatus for determining RAHAB eae aaa agr Double Slit eevee asiasia 78 wavelength of light AA Drive belt set aa 36 Apparatus for the study of light energy 85 oug chamber wa se ama aha ea GA NGA 152 Beowean Hi o PEP 163 cai a ia ak E buan D Eaa BANAL KAO an SA 152 T AA 132 Coils KA AG ERE 130 183 Duane 7 ee ee ee p Archimedes cylinder set 19 COApRIPIS MER GAN kanan cae a kan EE AA HA Aa AS 20 Collecting cuvette 160 Armature oo ccc annann t133 COUGUIOE eeeoneueentauyenaseyecese 135 E kaaa PAGG Ka AG Hi E Core with armature 134 B KHA TIE a cane pe Eddy current ring 3 6440 4ng ce dhe una a 134 MAA Eddy current braking 131 Balance aa 11 26 AA AGAR SA 19g Electric cells 0 ee eee 119 Balance masses 11 UNMET SLO OIC SPANGS sas saes 199 Electric launcher 00 cee cence ane 30 Ball bearing track 52 COMPASS aitariia iaa elle ha Electric MOO 240x edad deans ave Ka 140 Bal Wack senatessabtatsepaseeeseun g4 ORES Eas s draia T eiden 96 Electric Whirl 2 0 127 BANDONG EE E EEE 27 Compressed gasses ua aaa na kaaa TOE Eborodeconedor alla aan 124 BAS aaa naa aneteceaewus E 34 Computer program serkscsssrecseniis 166 Electrode holder 121 Bar breaking apparatus 67 CONCAVE KANO Biak cia en tate Mala Electrod
113. button and continue Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Power supplies for permanent installation The following power supplies are designed for perma nent installation in cabinets desks lecterns or student workplaces Fixtures and installation instructions are pro vided Power supply 0 24 V AC DC As 3630 00 but for cabinet desk installation 3630 22 Power supply 0 24 V AC DC for permanent installation ELECTRICITY 103 Power supply 0 500 V DC As 3655 65 but for cabinet desk installation 3655 70 Power supply 0 500 V DC for permanent installation Power supply 0 6 kV DC As 3660 50 but for cabinet desk installation 3660 55 Power supply 0 6 kV DC for permanent installation Power supply three phase AC As 3665 55 but for cabinet desk installation 3620 65 Power supply three phase AC for permanent installation 3630 22 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 104 ELECTRICITY 3550 20 e 3550 10 Power supply 9 V DC Output 9 VDC 180 mA Suitable for GM counter 5135 30 5135 05 3550 10 Power supply 9 V DC Power supply switch mode 3 12 V DC This compact switch mode line adapter technology ensures high efficiency and a minimum of heat dissipati on A switch permits selection of the following voltages 3V 1 5A 4 5V 1 5A 6V 1 5A 7 5V 1 2 A M 1A 12V 0 75A Supplied with eight different reversible power connectors 3550 20 Power supply
114. by extending the lines all the way to the X Compare the two bottom lines in the tables Required Equipment 2210 60 Ripple Tank 1 00 Pcs Experiment 2 l Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 402 EXPERIMENTS Purpose To examine the relationship between the frequencies of two sound sources and the frequency of the beat notes Beat notes occur when two tones with frequencies clo se together interfere with one another Beat notes sound like a slow variation in the intensity of the sound Theory Consider two harmonic waves with the same amplitude A but different frequencies f and f When they interfere the result may be expressed simply as the sum of the two components By applying a well known trigonome tric formula this sum can be rewritten as follows A sin 2z ff f A sin 2z fat 2A cs 27 Ji 5 Ja r in 2 ook When the two frequencies f and f are close to each other the right hand side of the expression can be viewed as a harmonic wave the sine factor with a frequency that is the mean value of f and f This wave has a slowly varying amplitude the cosine factor which varies with a frequency that is half the difference between f and f As the ear has no way of distinguishing between the positive and negative signs of the cosine factor the sound will appear to have two beats i e maxima per period of the cosine The beat frequency is therefore simp
115. c 2mm 4498 20 Lead 2mm 4498 30 lron 1mm Electrodes round These round electrodes 6 7 mm in diameter will fit the electrode holders no 4515 10 and 4515 20 and electro de connector no 4513 00 They will also fit a standard rubber stopper with a center hole Item no Electrode Length 4510 00 Copper 150 mm 4510 10 Nickle 150 mm 4510 00 70 4510 20 Aluminum 150 mm 4510 30 Tin 150 mm 4510 40 lron 150 mm 4510 50 Carbon app 200 mm 4510 60 Zink 150 mm 4510 70 Lead 150 mm Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Electrode holders Electrode holder double Electrode holder for two electrodes Can be used both with round electrodes 4510 xx and plate electrodes 4498 XX The electrode holder is designed to be able to rest on the edge of glass jar 4495 00 or a 250 ml low beaker Furthermore the electrode holder can be moun ted in a retort stand by means of holder no 0028 00 not included 4497 10 Electrode holder double Electrode connector This electrode connector is suitable for round electrodes up to 7 5 mm in diameter The holder contact screw has a bushing for connecting 4 mm safety jacks Size 12 mm x 25 mm diameter Made of acid resistant plastic 4513 00 Electrode connector 4513 00 ELECTRICITY 121 Electrode holder for round electrodes Holder for round electrodes with a diameter up to 7 5 mm The holder is designed with a slit for mounting in Stationary Term
116. cable for the electronic counter is also provided The maximum distance between the photocell and the light source is 90 mm Dimensions B x H x D 160 x 120 x 28 mm Mass 450 g 1975 50 Photocell unit including cable and mounting rod Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 52 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND Ball bearing track The apparatus consists of a curved track mounted on a wooden support It is used for experiments illustrating energy exchange between potential and kinetic energy The curvature of the track can be changed by moving the wooden supporting blocks under the ends of the track Length of track 495 mm Supplied with 1 ea 16 mm diameter steel ball 2170 00 Ball bearing track 2928 20 Sound level meter This instrument can be used to determine the sound level of a variety of sound sources The sound level meter has a built in microphone which has the same response as the average human ear The sound level can be read off the built in meter which is provided with two scales one for high and one for low sound levels The instrument has a built in reference sound source for calibration checking and a battery level check The instrument is supplied with a case a 9 V battery and instruction manual with sound level table Low range 40 80 dBA SPL High range 80 120 dBA SPL Dimensions 160 x 65 x 38 mm Mass 165 g 2528 20 Sound level meter 2528 30 2170 00 2455 00
117. canbe Incandescent lamp placed at just the right height with Edison socket Height 65 mm Ha 50 g 4260 10 220V 15W E27 mat 4260 20 220V 40W E27 mat 2820 00 Candle holder on support stand 4260 30 220V 60W E27 mat 4260 40 220V 100W E27 mat 4261 10 220V 25W E27 mat This holder is designed for candles item no 2810 00 The holder is supplied with a 10 mm diameter rod which fits standard laboratory support hardware Height 55 mm Mass 30 g 2820 10 Candle holder Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen He Ne laser 1 mW The laser emits light with a wavelength of 632 8 nano meters The emitted light is coherent i e wave fronts propagate in the same phase over a large distance com pared with ordinary light sources The emitted light is highly directional and the beam diameter at the laser is about 0 5 mm increasing very gradually at increasing distances from the laser The light emitted is not uniformly polari zed but changes its polarization at random around the direction of propa gation Light from the laser is well suited to demonstrations of optical inter ference If a line grating is placed in the laser beam the interference pattern will be clearly visible on a projection screen The laser can be used for a wide range of applications in geometrical optics holography communication etc 2885 00 He Ne laser 1 mW 2885 10 He Ne laser 2 mW He Ne laser modulated 1 mW Laser l
118. cedure Place a large piece of paper where the balls will hit the floor To determine the precise spots where the balls hit sheets of carbon paper are placed there Write numbers immediately next to the dots and keep a log of the who le exercise Mark the position O directly under the collision spot using the string and bob Measure the vertical distance h from the floor to the bottom of the balls when they are on the small horizontal lower part of the track Use h to cal culate the fall time of the balls EXPERIMENTS E 303 Let one steel ball roll down the track from the start posi tion it should fall freely to the floor without hitting the holder for the other ball Use the spot where the ball hits the floor together with the point O to define the direction of the x axis and to determine the initial vertical velocity vxo Of the rolling ball Calculate the initial x momentum Pxo as well Draw a y axis perpendicular to the x axis The initial velocity along this axis v o is clearly zero Now place the holder with the second steel ball in a posi tion such that the two balls collide and fall freely to each side of the x axis From the dots on the paper you can calculate the momentum of each ball along the x and y axes independently and respecting the sign of the y position The y components of the momentum of the two balls will always have different signs Adding the x components of the two balls momentum shou
119. cent plate phosphorescent plate UVA filter UVA plastic film and normal plastic film For experimenting with ultraviolet light 2872 10 UVA accessories pn Bi 2872 01 Lux sensor table model Provided with a photodetector which has the same response curve as the eye The CIE photopic response curve The Lux Sensor exists only as a table model Supplied with calibration data Supplied with a teflon diffuser to collect scattered light Dimensions Height 50 mm Diameter 60 mm 2872 51 Lux sensor table model 2872 10 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 2672 71 RGB sensor table model This sensor is provided with three output channels cor responding to red light 590 700 nm green light 490 600 nm and blue light 420 530 nm The sensor is sui table for measuring cloud cover On a cloudy day the response is almost the same from all three channels If the sky is almost blue the signal from the blue channel is significantly larger than from the red and the green Dimension Height 50 mm Diameter 60 mm 2872 71 RGB sensor table model Lux meter YF 1065 This digital lux meter is a robust and handy item provi ded with a separate safe sealed photodetector for max imum stability The photodetector has good spatial response so that it will respond to illumination from all directions It is supplied with an analog output signal for connection to a chart recorder or other data co
120. conservation of angular momentum with a rotating stool or disc A 500 mm diameter spoked wheel with plastic lined rim axle and 2 handles Supplied with pulley and 1 5 m nylon cord 2136 00 Bicycle wheel gyro 2136 00 MECHANICS 39 2136 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen A AA Air ARCA AO WA N t so VVA Ripple tank Whether you are dealing with the wave properties of light electromagnetic waves sound or other types of waves their behavior is analogous to the behavior of waves on a water surface In a teaching situation water waves have the advantage of being visible and moving so slowly that students can observe wave phenomena directly By taking advantage of the optical properties of water waves phenomena can be enlarged and made visible on a screen The Ripple tank provides a dramatic demonstration of the general properties of waves and propagation phenome na 1 Reflection and refraction By using the linear dipper bar plane parallel waves can be produced The waves exhibit reflection and refraction when appropriate barriers are used in the water tank 2 Inteference phenomena occur when two point source dippers generate circular waves The distance between the sources and their frequency can be regulated 3 Plane parallel waves form point wave sources when they encounter a double slit formed by three barriers 4 The propagatio
121. containers trash bin and labels for containers 9013 50 Waste trolley Spare parts 0539 00 Plastic container with lid 25 9013 55 Waste bin with lid 9013 50 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 166 SOFTWARE Computer program Datalyse This data collection program is designed for use with equipment with RS 232 output options The program also includes a range of standard functions for data handling and a graphics module for graphical display of the collected data The program contains data collection options for other measuring instruments as well and can be a valuable teaching aid when working with RS 232 compatible equipment Freeware All equipment descriptions bearing this mark indicate that the equipment is supported by the program Data lyse ee Ha Datalyse Sakal Compatible Rainbow a simulation program for Windows The content is quite broad and the user student is encourage to explore the various topics The program covers four main areas Waves Colors Optics Rainbo Colors Optics Rainbow Optics Rainbow View Rainbow view Help theory e Refraction Color mixing Prism Cone of the rainbow Law of refraction Complementary color Image Formation The Drop Interference Weariness of the eve i Lens Alexander s band Polarization Lens systems Colors of the rainbow Superposition Mirr
122. cs Two gene separation 9 3 4 in barley The barley seeds are heterozygotic genotype AaBb for two recessive non coupled genes In the experiment the presence of two different mutant genes in parley is shown Albina white chlorophyl muta tion and Xanta yellow chlorophy mutation When the seeds are planted the separation ratio 3 1 is observed for each of the two recessive genes At the same time the fenotypes green yellow and white are observed in the ratio 9 3 4 for both of the two reces Sive non coupled genes as a whole The seeds are planted in a planting box e g no 0520 30 The material is placed in a bright area such as a window sill for sprouting After 6 to 10 days the number of kim plants with the three different fenotypes green yellow and white can be counted The separation ration is com puted and compared with the expected result A X test can be used if desired Supplied in a bag with about 200 seeds and instructions 7791 00 Two gene separation 9 3 4 in barley CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY 161 7791 00 7791 05 Chlorophyl mutations in barley The material includes seeds of three barley lines Albina white chlorophyl mutation Viridis light green chlorop hyl mutation and Xanta yellow chlorophyl mutation each with a recessive mutant gene The barley seeds are heterozygothic for just this gene When growing the seeds the separation ratio 3 1 will be observed for each of the three barley lines Th
123. cs Frederiksen 48 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND Resonance pipe for sound experiments This resonance pipe provides many options for working with sound waves Examine standing waves in a pipe open at both ends closed at both ends or open at one end and closed at the other Examine standing waves in a pipe closed at both ends while various gasses are pumped into the pipe Vary the length of the half open pipe by means of a piston provided The pipe consists of a plexiglas pipe with two end pieces with attachments for gas flow There is a loud speaker in one end Dimensions Length 100 cm Diameter 7 cm Standing waves ina closed pipe Standing waves in Ces Standing waves in a pipe with open end Standing waves in a pipe With both ends open Regulation of the Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics length of the air column A tuning fork or a loudspeaker can be used as the sound source End plug with speaker hose connector miniature phone plug connector female and fuse wire Resonanc
124. cted order n Read off or find the wavelength of the laser and use a Caliper to determine the grating spacing d for example by measuring the distance between 10 threads and dividing by 10 Calculate 0 according to the grating equation sin 0 Fmw Ad Calculate 0 according to geometri tan a L Compare the values of 0 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics The optical diffraction grating EXPERIMENTS E 610 Notes This experiment can be extended by using finer optical Required Equipment gratings such as 3244 00 Grating Model 1 00 Pcs 3250 20 Optical grating 300 lines mm Laser 1420 70 2885 85 2885 10 2885 20 1 00 Pcs 3250 30 Optical grating 600 lines mm 1440 20 Caliper gauge SS 1 00 Pcs 0004 00 Retort stand base 1010 Pres Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 801 EXPERIMENTS Purpose To demonstrate the induction of electrical current from a coil due to a changing magnetic field Theory When the magnetic field around a coil changes an elec trical potential is induced in the coil The induced voltage can cause a current to flow if the coil is connected to a circuit The direction of the current flow will induce a field around the coil which opposes the change in the original magnetic field By conducting this experiment it can be shown that the rate at which the change in the magnetic field occurs influences the strength of the induced electric current Furthermor
125. ction terminal for GM counters for mea suring radioactivity with selectable gate times The counter is provided with an easily read LED display and a logically designed control panel This makes the counter well suited for demonstration experiments as well as for student laboratory exercises The counter has memory for storing measured values as well as an RS232 serial output for computer interfacing Time measurements can be made down to 1 ms and frequencies up to 2 MHz can be measured 2002 50 Electronic counter See additional specifications on page 17 wb 10760 Photocell unit The unit is suitable for the measurement of pendulum peri ods time interval measurements for experiments on an air track measurements of periods of rotation etc The unit consists of a photocell which is illuminated via a one milli meter aperture by light from a light emitting diode A red LED light emitting diode is provided next to the light source to indicate that the light source is on A green LED near the photocell indicates when the receiver is illuminated The photocell unit is provided with two 6 pole DIN connectors for connection to the electronic counter no 2002 50 and serial connection to additional photocell units when signals are to be sent to the same input connection on the counter The unit is manufactured in rugged plastic with threads for horizontal or vertical mounting using the 10 mm diameter mounting rod provided A connector
126. dimensional demon strations simply set as many as required on end In addition to the traditional experiments a number of interesting phenomenons may be demonstrated by means of the Magnetic Field Demonstrator kit such as magnetic fields with several layers the magnetic field of the earth and the magnetizing process In the latter experiment 4 plates are stacked and their combined 376 magnetic pins represent elementary magnets in a demagnetized piece of steel A bar magnet is drawn over the plates and the mag netic pins then form a unidirectional field pat tern with North and South poles Test with a magnetic needle By shaking or knocking the magnet it becomes demagneti zed and the magnetic pins elementary mag nets form a random pattern 3395 20 Magnetic field demonstrator U Shaped magnet Made of chrome steel with keepers Dimensions 107 x 85 x50 mm Distance between poles 64 mm 3315 20 U Shaper magnet Pole shoes and core For demonstration of magnetic field Suitable for U Shaped magned 3315 20 3340 00 Pole shoes and core Magnet holder Magnet holder for U Shaped magnet 3315 20 For rotating the magnet in longitudinal direction 3325 00 Magnet holder Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 94 MAGNETISM Magnetic field demonstrator For demonstration of two and three dimensional mag netic field lines The set includes a magnetic field box a magnetic field plat
127. ds 152 162 Isotope generator 145 J Joint linkfor optical bench 13 Joule s apparatus a a a DN de dere ae eden 63 K KE SWHCN oS Kada KUSA KE LEWEN ee os 113 Kundt s resonance pipe 49 L Lab trolley NAPAPA 164 Laboratory equipment 4 Laminated armature 133 Lamp holder 69 112 113 Lamp holder for spectral lamps 66 Lamp sockets Asa ma eee ewe oe ING nG 112 Lamps naaa P BENDA BAAL AA NALNG Kuda 113 Laplace s law naaa KAMARA RARE ERR KAKA 129 PASE haaa ee nst ued aia aed a Ea E y 45 70 Laser diffraction kit os sak mwa Wak Sue eee Wa 71 Laser objective a n nanan ananan nana 70 Laser pointer 2 4454 sapna oad Ka ad 71 158 Lead plate spa tee et PAGAEA eee etaeds 150 Leidenfrost dish 3 033 665 046 456 s tke 64 Lens and slide holder 74 LENSES a a ad aa na Rees Oe 2 74 90 Lenz law kit c4cb cet couseen cies bane eels 97 Leveling table maawa dead Sees eee nde KAKA 7 Light energy wa awa saa cues bee ease es 85 Light refraction Val kaaa o s ows oa ee ee we 79 Light Sensors Hahaa cath eno ewe kok nA 86 LIQGINDON 2 o2 ori oe ee ee ee esd 67 Lined DADE cnc wee eaten tae when AA 89 Liquid crystal indicator 2 b00c2een een ws 62 Liquid level apparatus 20 Lissajous apparatus 44 Liter measuring pitcher 10 Longitudinal wave spring
128. ductor Keeping L and B constant this can be expressed as F const I 1 Use the longest conductor length e g L 8 cm Use this conductor for the rest of the experiments 2 Set the current to zero by breaking the circuit and zero the scale as before 3 Change the current through the circuit The current must not exceed 5A Read off the corresponding value from the scale and note the values in a table like the one below 4 Fill out the table and draw a graph of force versus cur rent Again what would you expect and what do you in fact observe when you look at the values of k Same question for the graph Current I A Weight m 9 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Laplace s law 1 c Force vs magnetic field This is a slightly advanced extension of the experiment We will only sketch this part The final parameter in the Lorentz force law is the strength B of the magnetic field which can be changed by removing some of the magnets from the assembly It can not be assumed that the field strength is directly pro portional to the number of magnets However the field can be measured using a teslameter Note that this experiment requires that the setup be carefully adjusted and zeroed again after each measurement with different numbers of magnets EXPERIMENTS E 804 Required Equipment 4565 00 Current Balance 3630 00 or equiv Power Supply 1029 70 Digital Scale 4060 5
129. e 7 Laya f Strobe unit 22 Barrier long 2210 26 2 pcs USE FIpSHUCHONE la AA cs i j 23 Barrier short 2210 27 1 pcs 2210 50 Ripple Tank Complete 8 Strobe unit 2211 01 1 pcs 24 Pipette flask w special solvent 9 Power Supply 3550 50 1 pcs kaa AA 1 pcs 10 Vibration Generator 2185 00 1 pcs 25 Connection cable for Vibration 11 Mounting pin 2185 06 1 pcs Generator 1100 75 1 pcs 12 Holder for lever arm 2185 05 1 pcs 28 Remote Control 1100 80 1 pcs 13 Lever Arm w pivot 2210 32 1 pcs 14 Height adjust unit 2185 07 1 pcs Electromechanical Vibrator The vibrator generates mechanical vibrations when used with a signal generator as e g catalog no 2500 00 or 2501 50 The input signal is supplied to a coil which is mounted in a magnetic field from a cylin drical magnet The unit is fuse protected It is supplied with a lock which protects moving parts while changing accessories It is supplied with mount ing hardware a string holder and extra fuses Max input 6 V 1A Dimensions 100 mm diameter x 120 mm Mass 1 26 kg 2185 00 Electromechanical Vibrator 2185 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Vibrator accessories 2185 30 2185 10 Piano wire ring For use with 2185 00 for demonstrating the relationship between frequency and the number of vibrational nodes Ring diameter 290 mm 2185 10
130. e It is possible to perform frequen cy modulation FM and external control of frequency The function generator is well suited for use by both stu dents and teachers Sine triangular and square wave signals Short circuit protected inputs 2500 50 10W external internal power amplifier O TTL signal output FM modulation and frequency sweep within the 2500 50 Function generator performance range Function generators technical specifications Instrument Function Generator Function Generator DC Amplifier 2500 50 DC Amplifier Frequency Counter 2501 50 Frequency region 0 1 Hz 1 Hz 0 1 Hz 100 kHz in one range 1 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 1000 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 100 kHz 1000 kHz 1 MHz 10 MHz Signal type Sine triangular square wave Sine triangular square wave Signal output Output voltage 5 5 V pp and TTL 50 W lt 1 3 0 20 V pp 600 W typically 0 5 Output impedance Distortion DC Amplifier Frequency Range DC 50 kHz at 3 dB DC 50 kHz at 3 dB Output Power 10 W RMS 4 W 10 W RMS 4W Output Voltage 10 Vop 10 Vop Input Impedance 10K W 10 KW Modulator Modulation signal FM 0 5 V 0 5 V Input voltage sweep 10 Vop Sweep DC 10 kHz Frequency counter Measuring region 0 1 Hz 150 kHz Input impedance 200k W Max input 100 V 297 x 225 x 118 mm 297 x 225 x 118 mm Dimensions Order number 2500 50 2501 50 Science Equipment for Education Physi
131. e 12 mm cylindrical sources as provided by for instance Phywe and Leybold and the 25 mm disk sources as provided by for instance Pasco and Spectrum Techniques Please refer to the table below for the relevant item numbers Selection Guide Frederiksen Source holder on rod including abs plates Source holder on rod without abs plates Bench for experiments with radioactivity Deflection of beta particles Beta spectrum apparatus Accessories for geiger muller counters Datalyse Software for use with Geiger Muller counters 5135 35 or 2002 50 communicates with other Frederiksen instru ments as well when logging data on PC Well suited for measurements of radioactive decay or absorption of radiation Freeware See page 166 1123 05 Serial cable 25 pin male 9 pin female Connects Geiger MUuller coun ters 5135 35 or 2002 50 to PC s with 9 pin serial ports 1123 20 Serial cable 25 pin male 25 pin female Connects Geiger Muller counters 5135 35 or 2002 50 to PC s with 25 pin serial ports 3550 10 Power supply 9V power supply for Geiger Muller counters 5135 30 5135 35 and 5135 55 230V European plugs only Type 1 5140 05 5140 07 5140 27 5141 00 5141 20 5141 10 5141 05 5141 25 5165 00 5165 20 Type 3 cylindrical Type 2 disk 5140 25 5140 35 5140 37 5141 35 5165 30 Adapter with build in high tension supply for geiger tubes with BNC connector for instance 5125 05 5125 15 T
132. e Internet and compare that to the value that you obtained Explain any observed difference 2 Comparing situation 1 and 3 you will notice that although the physical devices are different the energy flows are the same The light does not leave the system and is ultimately converted into thermal energy One should expect the two rises in temperature to be equal Is this what you observed Required Equipment 3207 00 Apparatus for the study of light energy 1 00 Pcs Power Supply Thermometer Cables E 610 EXPERIMENTS Purpose The goal of this experiment is to help visualize the physics of the optical grating This is accomplished by assembling and testing a large scale version of a grating Theory It can be difficult to visualize the physics of an optical grating so textbook explanations are most often based on drawings This grating model is an optical grating with a very large groove spacing large enough for the lines to be easily seen with the naked eye Here students can directly observe the structure of the grating and see the result of sending monochromatic light through it Note by the way that the very first opti cal gratings were produced in 1820 by Joseph von Fraunhofer 1787 1826 an optical worker in Munich He stretched fine wires between two parallel threaded rods and he was able to resolve the sodium D lines a pair of spectra lines close together around 589 nanometers The grating eq
133. e a small fixed current value to use in the experiment 5 mA is appropriate Turn the potentiometer clockwise to increase the voltage until the current through the LED reaches the chosen value Make a note of this voltage Turn the current down Repeat this procedure for the other LEDs Fill out a table like the one on the following page with your results Plot the electron energy E as a function of the frequency ffor all five LEDs Draw the best straight line through the data points and find Planck s constant h as the slope of the line Compare your value with the table value 6 63 10 3 Js Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Planck s Constant EXPERIMENTS E 1004 It can be convenient to do the calculations and to draw the graph in a spreadsheet like Excel The program can also draw a linear fit and find the slope of the line you may want to include the origin O Hz O J in the fit Example Compute the frequency of the light 7 The red LED has a wavelength A 640 nm 6 40 10 m Required Equipment Using we find f 4 684 10 Hz 5060 00 Planck s Constant 2 Pcs A 3862 15 or equiv Digital multimeter 2 Pcs Example Compute the electron energy Gables If a turn on voltage of 1 60 V is measured for the red LED then the electron energy is E e U 1 602 10 C 1 60 V 2 563 10 J Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 194 QUOT QO a sa isa i cia
134. e and three magnets 2 bar magnets and a horse shoe shaped magnet The magnetic field box as well as the plate contains iron file flakes suspen ded in viscous liquid In the middle of the box is placed a magnet forcing the iron file flakes to turn to display the field lines Likewise it is possible to place a magnet on the plate to visualize the field lines Dimension box 76x76x76 mm plate 91x157x9 mm 3396 10 Magnetic field demonstrator 3396 10 Magnetic field demonstrator For demonstration of two dimensional magnetic field lines When a magnet is placed on top of the box the iron file flakes within the box turns to display the field lines Magnet not included Dimension 223x122x11 mm 3396 20 Magnetic field demonstrator 3396 20 im 3395 30 Magnetic field demonstrator For demonstration of two dimensional magnetic field lines from a magnet placed on top of the box The box consists of 11 x 16 small arrow shaped needle mounted magnets in acryl housing Dimension 15x15 cm 3395 30 Magnetic field demonstratorer Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MAGNETISM 95 Compass transparent This compass is useful in demonstrations of magnetic field strength The compass needle is supported in a sealed plastic housing with transparent top and bottom Well suited for use on an overhead projector Diameter ag 19 mm Package of 12 ea WG ai 3400 10 3400 10 Compass transpare
135. e band gap energy corresponds to a potential U given by e Uo Ec where e is the elementary charge The current flow in a forward biased pn junction increa ses exponentially as the applied voltage approaches Uo Determining U precisely requires a closer investigation of the temperature dependency of the diode current which is beyond the scope of this experiment Instead we will use the turn on voltage for the LED as an approximation to U When the turn on voltage U for a LED is known the corresponding electron energy can be found using E e U Thus the equation e U h f Planck s Constant Procedure The unit can operate using its internal battery supply or using a net adapter with an output voltage of 9 volts DC The net adapter is connected to the jack at the upper rig ht hand side of the instrument If battery power is used be sure that the battery is installed and fresh Hook up the meters The current is measured by con necting the ammeter between a LED cathode and the black safety jack terminal as shown on the faceplate Connect a voltmeter to the voltmeter terminals on the left side of the apparatus This setup is convenient although one introduces a small error by including the voltage drop of the ammeter With a good digital ammeter like 3862 15 this can be ignored but you may of course instead prefer to connect the negative terminal of the voltmeter to the same LED cathode as the ammeter Now choos
136. e below the axis Time ts In the example shown the areas differ by 0 16 showing excellent agreement with theory Required Equipment 3305 00 Bar magnets AI Ni Co 4590 40 Coil 600 windings Data logger with voltage sensor Cables 1 00 Pcs 1 00 Pcs Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 804 EXPERIMENTS Purpose The goal of this experiment is to measure the force ona conductor placed in a magnetic field when a current flows in the conductor The force depends on the current flowing in the conductor the length of the conductor the magnetic field strength and the angle between the direc tion of current flow and the magnetic field In this experiment the angle will be fixed at 90 Theory According to Laplace s Law the force due to a magnetic field on a conductor is proportional to the length of the conductor the magnitude of the current through the con ductor the magnetic field strength and the sine of the angle between the direction of current flow and the mag netic field In this experiment the angle is 90 and Lapla ce s law takes the following form FFI L B Where F is the force on the wire due to the magnetic field B is the magnetic field strength is the current L is the length of the wire By changing the parameters one at a time Laplace s Law can be verified Procedure Place the magnet assemb
137. e chosen ar bitrarily They have to fulfill the resonance condition For a tube that is open or closed at both ends the reso Open ends nance condition takes the form Velocity SOP L n t 3s where n is an integer and L is the effective length of the tube For a tube with one open and one closed end we have instead Asa L n 2 4 oll When open ends are involved L is a little longer than the Pressure N A N A N A N A N mechanical length A node at an open end is positioned a little bit outside of the opening In any case the distance between two adjacent nodes or anti nodes is AL 2 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 407 EXPERIMENTS Standing waves in an air column Theory Please refer to the preceding page Purpose This experiment investigates the positions of nodes and anti nodes in a standing wave Procedure A Closed pipe a ian n z If the piston is in position in the tube remove it Put on both of the end caps Connect the microphone and the loudspeaker as shown Insert the microphone probe with only the tip through the end opposite the loudspeaker Adjust the frequency f to approximately 1000 Hz and check that the meter is giving a reading Next the fre quency should be adjusted to a resonance a maximum reading This happens for instance at around 953 Hz if the temperature is 20 C Keep the frequency fixed Now insert the micro
138. e eatin 60 2000 20 banaggaahamdaasay a 61 2665 00 sasaka NG 61 Frederiksen 26 0 00 a aie cries AAP 61 2090 00 ama cud one oes 61 115 2690 10 are AA ee 61 2092 00 1 cxa ama da PG ead 62 2095 00 PAA AA 62 2095 10 maa hawak BELO eee 62 2100 00 s daa haa aa es 62 211010 atawa 62 PIZOU0 i aeeai mm 62 290 00 utc dawas ae ee eas 63 2130 0 pagaanin agata 63 24000 2 onc bek awn eee wn r 63 2140 0T eat Nae out kant he 63 2740 10 zaaadahagasakangag 63 2745 00 as aa cee eeu ced 64 240 NO eset eer eet nea ses 64 OO x egea oe hee me eat 64 2 30 Dl ane re ae ae meee E 64 2800 20 PAPER eae eee 66 2800 390 aaa concern eed 65 2800 50 44g ue 6 dee eeu est 65 2800 59 ess pin PEPPER EE 65 2801 00 APR 68 138 2620 00 opanci rpk puia rs 69 2820 10 oe ane eee ane eea 69 2890 50 toa date a ce eae 66 2835 00 carder te adie oe eee 66 200020 waived eh eee Cee ads 66 2000 00 Urs caae ao Ka eds 66 2835 40 2cuccdeancasiewead 66 2835 50 Te ans LanG oe ee cas GG 66 2000 10 erreper eedi ee bata 66 2890 50 oea on aoe tee ee ed 67 2840 50 mara amet ay a 66 2850 00 magama eee ee mad 68 2000 10 net ma da NG tad 68 2990 20 ARA AE 68 2890 390 624 eens ante enes kat 68 2850 40 Kasa eee aw ewe ee Ka 68 2890 90 aai ete eet ices tee 68 2890 60 20 te he eee eh ae 68 2890 0 carpanta sa we eee 68 2851 10 cade eee eta 68 2031 20 eet beeen tawag 68 BODO Ga sae settee Ge 68 2899 00 maa sock eeenstersar 67 2871 00 6 one ase an een ees 68 200 1 00 ece
139. e g no 0520 30 The material is placed in a bright window sill to germinate The plants should begin to sprout within 7 to 12 days depending upon the seed type and the temperature The height of the plant corresponding to each radiation dose can be measured and compared The effect of different radiation doses on plant growth can also be studied Supplied with instructions 7791 10 6 x 40 Barley seeds 7791 11 6 x 40 Wheat seeds 7791 12 6 x 40 Rape seeds 7791 13 6 x 40 Flax seeds 7791 14 6 x 40 Yellow mustard seeds 7791 20 Set with all 5 seed types This experiment shows A The effect of increasing radiation doses on plants B That radiation is more harmful to some plants than to others 7791 30 Sorting tray 35 x 27 cm A plastic tray which can be used for a planting box for seedlings 0520 30 Sorting Tray 35 x 27 cm 7791 10 7191 11 Protein experiment lysine variants at barley A chemical genetically and biochemical investigation The background for the experiment is that Lysine is an essential amino acid important for utilization of other amino acids Barley is poor in Lysine so more lysine rich components is added food for farm animals Barley with an increased amount of Lysine have been breeded The purpose of the experiment is to investigate the Lysine content in various barley types A kit comprises the following material 1 Barley strand of a normal barley type Bomi genotype LYS3LYS3
140. e hood which gives the opportunity of establis hing temporally evacuation Must be connected to exis ting ventilation Connecting hose and ventilator is not included Technical data Trolley Made of 038 mm enamelled steed tubes fitted with 4 rubber Wheels of which 2 can be locked Upper and lower table measures 79 5 x 56 cm The upper tab le has a heat resistant surface and is mounted 97 5 cm above the floor Hood Made of clear acrylic fitting the upper table One full side makes up the slide able front The actual evacu ation is made through a panel at the lower rear end of the hood This panel is fitted with a hose through the upper table where connection to ventilation is made 9012 09 Portable fume hood 9012 24 9012 09 Lab trolley Lab Trolley with two tables A lower table 86 x 41 cm and an upper table 95 x 54 cm The tables is fitted with sides to prevent equipment from rolling to the floor Height of upper table 86 cm The frame is made of 038 mm enamelled steed tubes fitted with 4 rubber wheels of which 2 can be locked 9012 24 Lab trolley Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY 165 Waste trolley Trolley with 3 large 25 plastic containers for liquid waste one trash bin for common waste and a holder for a roll of paper towels Trolley made of 038 mm enamel led steed tubes fitted with 4 rubber Wheels of which 2 can be locked Comes with plastic
141. e in the end cap and insert the end cap in the other end Pull the piston as far out as you can making the resonance tube as long as possible Now chose some fixed frequency e g 1000 Hz You may position the tip of the microphone probe a few centi meters into the open end of the tube or you may simply rely on your ears in the following Instead of adjusting the frequency you should now slowly press the piston into the tube reducing its length First time the length fulfills the resonance condition the sound level increases Try to predict the rest of the resonance positions of the piston using your previous results then check if your predictions were right EXPERIMENTS E 407 Required Equipment 2480 10 Resonance pipe 1 00 Pcs 2515 50 Microphone probe 1 00 Pcs 2501 50 or 2500 50 Function generator 1 00 Pes 2002 50 Digital Scaler Timer frequency measurement if 2500 50 is used 2515 60 Power supply 1 00 Pcs 3862 15 Digital voltmeter an oscilloscope may also be used 1 00 Pcs 3862 15 Multimeter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 408 EXPERIMENTS The speed of sound in CO Purpose In this experiment we measure the speed of sound in a gas CO is suggested ordinary air works just as well Theory Please refer to separate page Procedure If the piston is in position in the tube remove it Put on both of the end caps Connect the microphone and the loudspeak
142. e it can be shown that the number of win dings in the coil influences the strength of the induced Current Fig 1 Induction of electric current Procedure 1 Connect a coil with 400 windings to a coil with 1600 windings as shown in figure 1 2 Insert the galvanometer accessory into the coil with 1600 windings 3 Now move the bar magnet down into the coil with 400 windings and observe the deflection on the galvanometer Note that the current changes directi on when the magnet is drawn upwards out of the coil Reverse the direction of the bar magnet so that the opposite pole points downward and repeat the experiment What do you observe 4 By moving the magnet quickly or slowly in and out of the coil one can observe the connection between the rate of change of the magnetic field and the induced Current 5 In order to investigate the effect of the number of win dings on the magnitude of the induced current place an additional coil with 800 windings in series with the two other coils so that the total resistance in the circuit remains the same during the experiment Now try using uniform motions of the bar magnet to study the effect the different number of windings has on the magnitude of the induced electrical current Required Equipment 4625 20 Coil yellow 400 wdg 1 00 Pcs 4625 25 Coil grey 800 wdg 1 00 Pcs 4625 30 Coil red 1600 wdg 1 00 Pcs 4640 00 Galvanometer insert 1 00 Pcs 3305 10 Bar magnets AI
143. e options of 1 sec 10 sec 100 sec and infinitely Adjustable G M voltage 200 600 V with digital display of voltage by means of push button Output for digital scaler Battery driven portable instrument to indi cate beta gamma and high energy alpha radiation Size 220 x 108 x 52 mm Adaptor no 3550 00 can be used if desired to connect to 220 V AC 5135 30 Geiger muller counter Geiger muller counter Same as 5135 30 but supplied with a RS232 port 5135 35 Geiger muller counter Datalyse Compatible be used The counter is provided with an RS232 serial interface for connection to a PC and is compatible with the DATALYSE data collection program Counting times 1 s 10 s 60 s 100 s and manual All of the fixed counting times can be selected for continuous or non continuous measurements See page 17 for a more detailed description of the counter 2002 50 Counter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 148 RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS Bench for experiments with radioactivity Bench for Radioactive Sources and GM tubes providing a stable and convenient setup allowing reproducible results when making experiments with radioactivity Investigate how the radioactive radiation spreads from the source in both angle and distance or investigate how radiation is absorbed by lead and aluminium Comprises a 60 cm long b
144. e seeds are sown in flower pots e g no 7630 00 or planting boxes e g no 0520 30 Albina Viridis and Xanta a can be set to sprout on a bright window sill Xanta b and Xanta c are germinated in the dark to show the relationship between heredity and environment After 6 10 days the material is ready for observation Xanta b should be placed in a bright place the day be fore The number of sprouts with the various fenotypes are counted and compared with the expected result The following is supplied 1 bag with about 40 Albina seeds 1 bag with about 40 Viridis seeds 1 bag with about 120 Xanta seeds instructions 7791 05 Chlorophyl mutations in barley Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 162 CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY Irradiated seeds Simple plant experiments for demonstration of the effect of radiation on plants With this experiment the effects of increasing radiation doses on plants can be observed It will also be found that radiation is more harmful to some plants than to others Five different types of irradiated seeds can be supplied barley wheat rapeseed flax and yellow mustard The seeds are supplied in sets with 6 different radiation dosages O kilorad 10 kilorad 40 kilorad 80 kilorad and 160 kilorad with about 40 seeds for each dosage The gamma irradiated seeds are not radioactive so the experiments with them are completely safe The seeds are sown in short rows in a planting box
145. e tube 7 cm x 100 cm WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 49 End plug with hose connector and guide for Microphone probe rod mm scale Microphone Microphone probe rod 2515 50 2480 10 Resonance pipe not including microphone probe and tripod supports ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED 2515 50 Microphone Probe 0006 00 Retort stand Base Tripod NB The microphone probe is supplied with a DIN connector which is compatible with data logger interface in case use Microphone probe A miniature microphone is mounted at the end of a 740 mm long 8 mm diameter stainless steel probe for mea surement of sound pressure levels in locations which are hard to access The frequency range is 20 to 20 000 Hz The probe is supplied with a 2 meter long cable with a DIN connector for use with the 2515 60 power supply The microphone can be connected to a voltmeter or oscilloscope via the 2515 60 power supply The probe is intended for use with 2480 10 resonance pipe 2515 50 Microphone probe 2515 60 of a computer is desired If measurements are desired using an ordinary analog digital meter or oscilloscope type 2515 60 power supply box If measurements are desired using an ordinary analog digital meter or oscilloscope type 2515 60 power supply box is required also useful in other experiments 2475 00 Kundt s resonance pipe This apparatus is designed for demonstration of standing waves and for determination of the wavele
146. ecStuces chads as 111 1100 02 223 2uneeneeos oo ee 111 1110 05 aag mam BAKER 111 MERO AA AA 149 1123 20 e foie eee enh ee Ged 149 1400 00 oie eine oars eee eee ee 9 1400 10 ma ba Em ste LALA 9 1400 20 aaa haa paaa a has dis Na 9 1405 00 stutstese tau eunk cates 9 JAD orriren nres Pee cee 9 1420 70 ee eee 71 158 1428 00 p an PAA 9 1440 00 Ka KK Ka mGA 10 1440 10 6 68 an pa os fe ee 10 1440 20 10 1400 50 1c ees KKK KA KAG 10 AA AA 10 1465 10 Sna a AG HG BA 10 1485 00 waa cio eine ea ee KA 14 TASI TO o ec a fiaa a week 14 1485 40 ow KAKA NG oe eke oak 14 1492 05 caan eee se hee ee 14 1495 20 makaraan 14 VOODOO ccc aa ue cee ha KGG 12 LOU MNO areas cere ce ene ome 12 T510 00 soca ue ued oe remidi 12 1510 10 eis che EB GE LES aoe 12 TONO BO 24 64 ne 2 heed Sew eae 12 1520 10 oe G5 8 re ae eave can a 13 TS390 00 ic ome hee eee eek ae 13 1530 10 arena eae eee 13 190020 nakapa cee eee eee ewe 13 T530 90 AA ce a aa 13 1930 90 tok cu eeusennan eee ac 13 1610 00 22 santas se tae oe 19 1O29 T0 a kaa aaa a 20 1630 00 0 0 hatin a me ove iea oa 20 1640 10 cue ee oan eink eee ee 19 1645 00 PAA 20 1690 00 aska hh Suu oe 20 1600 00 INAANTAY 21 IKA PP 21 YE UPA TON 20 T 32 00 eee ene AA 20 T 39 00 AA AA 21 TO akan bee eee ee a 21 1735 20 aia tree Si oie Gan eee 21 1740 00 aonana 22 T 7 0 00 secatuswecsuune cue 22 1771 00 2 ebegpecede se panacea 24 1780 00 2 2 KGG Sa eae BA 24 1480 10 x66 otis ook ama naga 24 1786 00 Kaman mii
147. ed cable 111 SIIK Cloth Caabi ans pagi naan anki 124 Silver electrode 121 Simple CONS saaan BAG wa ee AOR aE RE KA 120 Single SlItS su Botha ode asin were ate PAN 78 Slides with aperture 78 Sliding saddle a 72 Slinky SS aaa eee a a ee ee es 78 Slits and filter holder 74 90 Slot weightS aaa hice KA eee hes awe ee 30 55 Smoke chamber for brownian motion 153 Smoke lenses 0 aaa 77 SNOWDaCk oc kge seed at eenn ETER E E E 152 Sodium fluorescein 79 SOM COW iassa sane toe aan Ces cee 138 139 Solar measuring instruments 141 Sorting tray oscvxeencehewsceeees 152 162 Sound level meter 52 Source holder amaron ak hk ook os 150 oe 2222425625 PP APP sees 149 Sources radioactive 144 Specific gravity bottle 13 Specific gravity cubes aaa na aduana tha 12 Specific gravity cylinders 12 Specific heat apparatus 63 Spectral AMPS ee annann 66 67 Spectral tube holder 67 Spectral tubes 4 socdceeeedeeaeadeaasn 68 Spectrometer eee 80 Spectrophotometer 156 SDCCTOSCODE aaa G AGA GA DK AGA 80 Speed of sound ox ccecsseeeceeaeees 17 51 Spiral SPriNgS oona anona a encore Ped eet 55 Spot welding tongs 130 SOWNOS a aeia ese ara AA AA E 55 56 Sta
148. ee ree 74 2990 20 ea be a eee be 74 2950 30 ane ae ae aa 74 2990 40 pcceceuece woes eyes 74 2950 80 or surtu ene ce ewe a 74 29600 00 s cso i Baas oe eee 74 2965 00 amma Hess eee sens 90 2909 10 aaa ene ead eaves 90 2905 20 caw wt howd cae KA 90 2909 90 maaawa eee ek amp 90 2970 00 eee eee AA AA 90 Pisa aa AR T7 298910 rey ure a u owes ST 2989 19 POT T7 2985 20 2 ea eee 77 80 2969 50 6 over sete we fewa 77 80 299000 a cies ce crane Gam eek 75 29995 00 rneer saadaa ee eke T7 3000 00 PERA thee eee ee ears T7 DOUG DG wclvesue ewes Sees 78 DOUG NO se nawaane bul eee hee 78 S006 20 Kapa ana agang Tana 78 3010 00 saaana 78 9010 09 sacer ranee ai 78 SLO O Sa k O E 78 39010 20 ag cork ate nenen 78 3010 50 a 20s ecu KAG awa 78 S0900 pc eee rncee wees exe 79 39029 00 avetwaweenweweam i 79 3040 00 pacucndeduse annus 90 3040 10 ee a eee eee 90 3040 20 ober ed Siw eee we 79 90 9040 30 i cars ach manne a 4 90 3090 00 wa be We eee Wa KN 90 3055 00 AA 75 9099 10 wcceceuece woes cee 75 DOOD UO EEE 79 SU0G00 a aaa nea iama eee enn 79 BU0C Ucn eau Hess TE 79 90 000 soere eane anir EE 79 SUD NO stew wie ia i ema 85 90 9 10 seredes eek eee a 85 3076 00 tee eee nah aa base 85 9089 00 62426 peewee ede ens 4 82 SUBITU nana ewe eueiawe 82 9089 20 nagan de deeeanaesa 82 3085 30 a BAG cece ves 82 9088 00 aaa da aha aunga 82 SOB BDO cara ream AGA 82 3089 10 AA 82 3089 20 aaa a ee AA 82 9089 390 wclvcsue he wak hand 82 BODO DO su canons b
149. eeeeetieees bas 88 28 2 Q apan os alates Bes ee 86 29 20 paapaaagagama ae 86 2872 10 ede tatt ec eee eee 86 2812 eeueaenceree eres 86 POZO naabala 86 POV ene eue 6625404602 87 2872 81 magada ce une sts one 64 2000 00 waa waa ben vanes 45 70 2000 10 weeded pawa mada 45 70 289920 bs wire tna ea AG 45 70 COBO O AA a eters 70 200100 ceed eee ee Cee wae 70 2888 10 gre cease sao gaan tes T1 2900 00 3 aadd han ann kawad 76 2902 00 a aa ee eae ae 76 2902 OT caesia eee ses 74 2903 00 dee can a oe te eee se 74 29039 10 ap sae re cae ae a oe ese age a 15 2905 00 magama ee kahang na 76 2900 10 nose cendi ruan on 76 2905 20 o seia i epar A 76 2905 390 ori piserer PA 76 2905 40 6 eeee eaten ses aks 76 2909 90 naaa aa ipa ieee ik 76 2905 60 6 acto nde ers eee ks 76 2908 00 okoak amanda kha 76 2910 00 cadets eee ete 76 2912 cams eee kA wake 7 INO Gad oc once tens tx 89 2919 10 2 25 ac ndeenntaneean 89 2920 00 se ans ome a og eee ee 89 292010 and ka Kawan Gana 4 89 2920 20 maa a aa are ee 89 2920 30 PAPA AA 89 2920 40 pclvcsue he woes Seu 89 2929 00 au aeons bole eee ea 89 2930 00 gS on See ee Pa AG 89 2935 00 wast eetes seceeee es 67 2946 00 gsi cue eee d ews x 72 2946 10 ca aaa we ee des 72 136 2946 20 gin et ote eee aes 72 2946 30 waa eee bees eatee 72 2940 99 s pepsine 73 136 2946 40 gute sure ole amy 4 72 2946 45 EERE PPO PET 13 2946 46 vcs sacar kn ENNA 13 2940 90 aaa eee oe eis wae 13 PAS O Ng NO ena ern arg rer e
150. eight tuning forks from C 256 to C 512 manufactured in nickel plated steel with 2035 00 frequency values engraved Supplied in carrying case 2235 00 Tuning fork set C scale 2220 00 Tuning fork for demonstration experiments A It is easy to hear an ordinary tuning Kasa S fork but somewhat more difficult to show how it moves The demonstration tuning fork oscillates at a frequency which is barely audible On the other hand it is easy to observe its motion Made of nickel plated steel Length 75 cm 2220 00 Tuning fork for demonstration experiments 2450 00 Tuning fork with writing tip 2240 00 10 Frequency 128 Hz One arm of the tuning fork is supplied with a pointed tip for marking the oscillations on e g a soot covered glass plate Supplied with wooden handle Overall length 335 mm Weight 300 g 2450 00 Tuning fork with writing tip Tuning fork aluminum The aluminum tuning fork is well suited as a sound sour ce for use with the resonance box due to its high sound power level The lengths are 118 and 104 mm Width 30 mm Mass 97 and 87 g 2240 00 Tuning fork 1700 Hz a 2240 10 Tuning fork 1000 Hz Tuning fork on resonance box The tuning fork is manufactured in special nickel plated steel It is used for resonance and dissonance experi ments The resonance box is made of lacquered pine and supplied with thick felt pads on the bottom It is supplied including a runner for mounting o
151. em no 4270 10 and a two pole socket for halo gen lamps 12 V 50 W During operation the lamp housing is ventilated by means of a built in ventilator so that the surface tempera ture of the housing will not exceed 60 C Supplied with safety jack connect ors for attaching the power supply 12 V AC DC 3 4 2 A Supplied with a 10 mm diameter mounting tap appro priate for use with an optical bench or with a laboratory stand A 50 W halogen lamp is supplied item no 4270 10 Length 310 mm Width 76 mm Height 105 mm excluding mounting tap Mass 1 2 kg 2800 50 2800 50 Experiment lamp Science Equipment for Education Physics 2800 30 a stamp exper ment i E T 2800 55 Aperture holder for experiment lamp Holder for apertures color filters etc The aperture holder can be mounted on the lens mount It is rotatable and can be used for apertures or filters mounted in standard slide frames 2800 55 Aperture holder ee p Fa SAN 4 MO ect g L u J 3 i u A NX a OPIS Experiment lamp student The Experiment Lamp is designed to use a standard E10 6 V 1 A incandescent lamp Well suited for experiments in optics using the optical table item no 2915 00 see page 68 The 30 mm diameter black anodized lamp housing has a removable rear plate with an E10 lamp housing and safety jack receptacles for connecting stan dard leads with 4 mm jacks Supplied with 10 mm dia meter
152. ench with a mm scale holder for GM tubes and holder for radioactive Sources The later can be fitted with a diameter 6 mm steel rod for hanging absorber plates in front of the radioactive source The inclu ded absorber plates are supplied in a convenient storage box and includes 5 ea 2mm and 10 ea 1 mm thick lead plates plus 2 ea 3 mm 6 ea 2mm and 4 ea 0 5 mm Aluminium plates The lead plates have been enamelled to pro tect fingers from lead contamination The holder for the radioactive sources can be turned and is fitted with a degree scale 110 degree 1 degree resolution 5141 00 Bench for experiments with radioactivity 5141 00 GM detector holder for support bench Holder for extra sensitive This holder is designed for GM Detectors type 5135 65 geiger muller 5125 32 and the extra sensitive GM Detector type 5125 25 tubes 5141 01 GM detector holder for support bench Fits GM tube 5125 25 and GM sensor 5135 65 Fitted with a 10 mm mounting rod so the GM tube may be held safe in a retort stand base 0004 10 5125 32 Holder for extra sensitive geiger muller tubes 5141 01 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS 149 Good News A wider range of sources can now be used with our equipment Although A S Frederiksen only provides the radioactive sources shown in this catalogue other popular types can now be used with our equipment The two new types are th
153. er mits a small amount of barium 137 to be drawn from the generator This material decays by gamma emission with a half life of about 2 6 minutes The isotope generator can be used up to 1000 times before replacement is required By varying the amount of extraction liquid used the amount of Ba 137 can also be varied After about 30 minutes the material has lost so much activity that it can safely be dispose of by simply pouring the liquid down the drain The isotope generator itself can also be used as a Cs 137 gamma source The half life for cesium 137 is about 30 years and the original activity of the isotope genera tor is 380 kBa NB Use only the extraction liquid provided to leach out the barium 137 Use of other extraction liquids can destroy the isotope generator 5112 00 Isotope generator 5952 00 ij Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS 145 Extraction liquid for isotope generator This liquid is used to extract Ba 137 from the isotope generator item no 5112 00 The bottle contains 250 ml 5112 05 Extraction liquid for isotope generator Potassium chloride in plastic container with secial lid This item is designed for use with GM tubes no 5125 00 or 5125 05 Please notice that 5113 00 is not compatible with our current range of GM tubes Natural potassium chloride contains a small amount 0 0117 K 40 which is radioactive This bottle is con s
154. er The optical disc is equipped with a holder for plastic blocks 2900 00 Optical disc Optics kit A complete set of acrylic prism blocks and mirrors sui table for doing all of the classical optics experiments Supplied complete in a partitioned storage box which solves two major problems with one blow It is always easy to check if the set is complete and delicate lenses and mirrors are not scratched or dented All the acrylic blocks are made of clear polished acrylic resin free from striae and bubbles Bottom surface finished in white to show ray tracks 19 mm thick The kit comprises the fol lowing items which may also be supplied separately 2905 00 20 30 40 50 60 and the mirrors no 2908 00 and 2910 00 2902 00 Optics kit Acrylic plastic blocks For refraction experiments Clear polished blocks free from striae and bubbles Bottom surface finished in whi te to show ray tracks 19 mm thick No Type Dimension 90 45 80 x 56 mm Equilateral side 64 mm 79 mm radius 205 mm 79 mm radius 205 mm Side 75 x 25mm 80 mm diameter Total Length 100 mm 2905 00 Triangular block 2905 10 Triangular block 2905 20 Biconvex block 2905 30 Biconcave block 2905 40 Rectangular block 2905 50 Semicircular block 2905 60 Trapezoidal prism 2908 00 Plane mirror Glass back silvered mounted on a hardwood cube Side length 90 mm 2910 00 Cylindrical mirror Made of nickel plated brass Side length 110 mm
155. er 110mm weight 375 g Supplied with battery 1495 20 Demonstration stopwatch 1495 20 1485 00 Digital countdown clock LCD digital countdown clock with 35 mm high digits Alarmfunction 1492 05 Digital countdown clock he Pr 1492 05 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MEASUREMENTS TIME 15 Student timer e Time measurements from 0 03 ms to 27 hours e Measurement precision 0 01 ms e Start stop by connecting microphones 2485 10 photocells 1975 50 or ordinary 4 mm safety jack leads Manually controlled stopwatch option Simple operation excellent for student experiments Particularly well suited for experiments such as The free fall Speed of sound 2002 60 Technical specifications Display 5 digit LED with floating decimal point Resolution 0 01 ms Inputs DIN 5 pole connectors for photocells and microphones 4 mm safety jack leads for free fall experiment and other apparatus Power 6 ea AA batteries or power line adapter incl 2002 60 Student timer Photocell unit The unit is suitable for the measurement of pendulum periods time interval measurements for experiments on an air track measurements of periods of rotation etc The unit consists of a photocell which is illuminated via a one millimeter aperture by light from a light emitting dio de A red LED light emitting diode is provided next to the light source to indicate that the light source i
156. er 150 mm Diameter of condenser plates 56 mm 4410 00 Electroscope Metal plated ping pong ball The ball can be used to transfer and to study electrical charge It is supplied with a thin nylon thread for hanging Diameter 38 mm Mass 2 grams 4405 00 Metal plated ping pong ball Metal plated ball on rod The ball on a rod is used to transfer electrical charge The ball diameter is 38 mm Rod 10 mm diameter x 130 mm long Mass 14 grams 4415 00 Metal plated ball on rod T Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 4415 00 Pith balls These 12 mm diameter balls of expanded polystyrene is used for demonstration experiments with electrical char ge Supplied in a plastic box with 10 ea 4400 00 Pith balls Insulated rod with hook This rod is used for supporting the pith balls at some distance away from the hand when doing demonstration experiments with electrical charges and fields 4450 00 Insulated rod with hook Pith ball support This support is supplied with a hook for conveniently hol ding a pair of pith balls connected by a string Manu factured of nickel plated brass with a plastic support base Height 220 mm Support base 100 x 70 mm 4407 00 Pith ball support 4425 00 4410 03 4410 02 Science Equipment for Education Physics re a ari na N 4407 00 a mf 4400 00 4450 00 Faraday ice pail Used in conjunction with e g electroscope no 4410 00
157. er as shown Insert the microphone probe with only the tip through the end opposite the loudspeaker Adjust the frequency f to approximately 100 Hz and check that the meter is giving a reading Now the resonance pipe must be filled with CO Let the gas flow rather slowly to avoid cooling the apparatus too much Wait a few minutes after filling the pipe to allow it to go back to room temperature Adjust the frequency to a resonance a maximum reading and write it down The lowest possible resonan ce frequency should occur at around 150 Hz in CO 190 Hz in air This is known as the fundamental or first har monic frequency At this frequency the length of the tube is N2 Now double the frequency and search for the resonance of the second harmonic frequency length of tube equals N Go on with third fourth n th harmonic Write down the exact frequency for each resonance For every har monic the wavelength can be found from the resonance condition The velocity of sound can be found when wavelength and frequency are known v f A Compare your results with the theoretical expression for an ideal gas le RT E E M y where R is the gas constant T is the absolute tempe rature cp and c are the specific heat at constant pres sure resp constant volume M is the molar mass In case of a mixture of gasses e g air use the weighed averages for cp cy and M Required Equipment 2480 10 Resonance pipe
158. es 131 Peristaltic pump 0246602 60 dee Gah ened 156 Personal face screen 163 Personal safety goggles 163 Perspex rod za aa kah aa cee nen dean 124 pH electrode 0 00 ce eee 157 pH meter ote kaa AG he te ve does 106 ola GANA AA 157 Phosphorescent plate 85 Photo detector 3 idee daw eda ew eee 2 71 Photo video tripod os wine eae ne ee ee 37 Photocell unit oc a6 cece de dewnea ds 15 31 51 Photodetector ananaannannnnan KANG 45 Piano wire ring 2 euvbes wowed node Daga 43 Pitcher a3 Sentenner cancun eases ee 10 Pith ball support woncen sore ies Ses bees 125 Pith ballS chansa maa ua NG AA SAANG NG 125 Planck s constant maaawa eee ewes 154 Plane mirror 76 79 89 90 Plastic irradiated 160 Plastic cylinder with piston 25 Plate capacitor uc ww BKA GD GAKG AKA Bes 117 Plexiglas NAL xo cho tice ac tae ae we AG YG 79 PROUMAUCTOME 4a aaa ak siwms wees 60 Pocket compass a pa os oceans evawetes 95 Pohl swing ais tes aka otis bee Gaba 129 Polarimeter paaa KAREENA KRA KAKAW AGA 155 Polarizing MES 2scctceeoi ar eaeadaas 83 Pole finder for magnets 97 Pole shoe otc atetreneeyedutecdd ohare 130 Pole shoes and core 93 POND cam AGAD ted DAANG aes 124 Portable fume hood 164 Potassium chloride z4 622 644 eee eee G AA 145 Power supply 49 99 101 103 Pra
159. es AAP 120 Bar magnets eee cee ees G1 CONQUCUNG SONGS amoa aanaa a bara at 125 Electrolysis 0 0 ccc a 123 Barley seeds 152 Conductometer aa oi Electrolytic capacitors 24 4 aasa kada aaa 116 Barometer cece 24 Conductor sphere onrod 126 Electromechanical vibrator 42 Base for optical bench aaa 7a CONE WIN TAIN aaa 27 Electronic counter 17 32 51 BANGOY DOK dope eete arene can wh oem oe 87 Contact key ann 113 Electrophoresis apparatus 155 Battery holder 104 Contact Springs 2 tsar ocd samwslene ee 135 Flectroscope c cence veces 124 Beam balance a 11 Container lid anna 123 Flectrostatics 0 a 124 Beam splitter aa 71 Control transformer vs cccen bens eaeede as 66 Energy meter aa 108 Bel ar PAP PO PEP PEPE 24 CONVEX MITO 2 ocSee5 cada Ge eens oe 75 79 Expansion apparatus 2 00 60 Bench for experiments 148 Copper electrode Lama kaaa Ka masa wlea 122 Experiment lamp 65 66 69 Beta particles deflection of 151 Copper nails aa 122 Extension section 72 73 DE SOLE saves ran par BAD eh AASA 144 Countdown clock 2226620500 c ee nnt eens 14 Extraction liquid a a a o anaana 145 Beta spectrometer 150 Counter 2 6564 pei wees Saas 17 14
160. es of 7 screws allow adjust side for fixing the photocell unit no 1975 10 ment of the air track to a typical linearity of 0 03 mm The air track rests on three rubber feet two of which can be height adjusted The overall length of 2 meters provides a working length of 1 9 meters The buffer at the end of the track as well as the carts are supplied with 4 mm diameter holes for fixing plug in units All units have approximately the same center of gravity and the same mass of 10 g For accurate length measurements each side of the track has a scale graduated in mm A repeatable launch is desirable in many collision experiments The electric launcher permits lau nching of air track carts with repeatable impulses varying the impulses as needed and even lau nching two carts simultaneously 1950 10 Air Track 1950 00 10 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Standard air track accessory set Supplied in a box with a lid and fitted partitions for the various parts The set contains the following items Fork For use along with 1955 10 for elastic collisions in con junction with the firing mechanism no 1952 00 Mass 10 g 1955 00 Fork with plug connectors 3 ea Holder with plate For elastic collisions with 1955 00 Mass 10 g 1955 10 Holder with plate and plug connectors 3 ea Holder with needle For inelastic collisions with 1955 30 Mass 10 g 1955 20 Holder with needle and plug connectors
161. etic energy conserved Minor deviations from the expected figures are accep table Required Equipment 1950 00 Air track 2 m 1 00 Pcs 1970 60 Air Blower 230V 1 00 Pcs 1975 50 Photocell unit 2 00 Pcs 2002 50 Electronic Scaler Timer 1 00 Pcs p E E after kin before kin after Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Conservation of momentum in 2D collisions Purpose In this experiment we want to verify the conservation of momentum in two dimensions Theory Unlike for instance energy velocity v has not only a magnitude but also a direction it is a vector Defining the momentum p of a particle of mass m as p mv impli es that the same is true for momentum The total momentum of an isolated physical system is therefore independently conserved along any of the three axes x y and z The system we are studying in this experiment is not iso lated the two balls are subjected to gravity The total momentum of the balls is therefore not conserved along the z axis but only along the x and y axes In this experiment the balls fall freely after the collision with no initial vertical velocity The time it takes to fall a distance h is therefore given by IANG Ng where g is the acceleration of gravity When a ball moves the horizontal distance x along the x axis in the time the x component of the velocity is simply given by A similar expression can be used for the y component Pro
162. ew driver 3630 10 Power supply 0 24 V AC DC Current Adjust Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 100 ELECTRICITY High voltage supply with smoothed and stabilized DC voltage 0 500 V power supply The perfect choice for experiments with electron beams or those requiring voltages up to 500 V but at a low current level The unit also provides an continuously variable output of O to 50 V DC Voltage and current can be read from separate displays allowing the user to monitor either of the two ranges O to 500 V or O to 50 V The power supply even has six independent outlets for fixed AC voltages a very useful feature for filament heating All outputs are equipped with automatic thermal cutoff for overload protection Technical Specifications DC Voltage 50 0 500 V continuously variab le Current Max 50 mA Ripple Less than 0 1 AC Voltage Fixed outlets at 2 3 4 5 6 and 7 V Current Max 50 mA Supply 230 V AC 50 Hz Size 297 x 225 x 118 mm Mass 4 55 kg 3655 60 0 500 V Power supply 0 500 V power supply Similar to the 3655 60 but max 2 mA current 3655 65 0 500 V Power supply 0 6000 V DC power supply The 6 kV DC voltage output is centered around ground with 3 KV and 3 kV centered around the zero point This unit is ideal for experiments with electron beam tubes electrostatics and Millikan s apparatus to name a few For safety reasons the current
163. f fastening screw Size 0 5 x 10 x 150 mm Mass 6 grams 2670 00 Bimetalic strips Material samples The set consists of eight rods It is used e g for demon stration of the various heat conductivities of these mate rials They can also be used for experiments with densi ty All the rods have the same 2 cm3 volume They are made of aluminum lead nylon glass rubber iron copper and brass Supplied in a plastic box with clear lid The rods are 120 mm long Mass 130 g 2690 00 Material samples HEAT 67 2660 20 2665 00 Ring and ball For demonstration of heat expansion of solid bodies Consists of a brass ring and ball mounted in wooden handle 2665 00 Ring and ball Conductometer The different rates at which heat flows in various metals are shown by this device Four rods of different metals brass copper aluminium and iron have one end clam ped in an iron ring mounted on a rod with wooden hand le The four rods have hollow ends where a match can be inserted and sulphur placed in the central hole When heated the matches will light in order of thermal con ductivity of each rod 2690 10 Conductometer Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 62 HEAT Radiometer The device demonstra tes the conversion of radiation energy to kine tic energy There is a very slight amount of air inside the glass globe in which four uniform mica plates are suppor
164. ferent materials Fe Al Pb Zn wood and cork 3 of the cylinders have the same weight i e Al Pb and Zn 41 gr Two of these cylinders have the same diameter The rema ining cylinders have different volumes and shapes The cylinders are easy to measure Supplied in a plastic box 1510 00 Specific gravity cylinders Specific gravity cylinders 3 different materials with the same volumes Al Cu and brass Diameter 20 mm height 31 5 mm Supplied in a plastic box 1510 10 Specific gravity cylinder Specific gravity cubes 6 different materials each in three different sizes Delivered in a plastic box 1500 10 Specific gravity cubes Specific gravity cylinder Brass cylinder for determining specific gravity and measuring volumes Height 28 mm 1510 80 Specific gravity cylinders 1510 80 1510 10 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MEASUREMENTS MASS AND LENGTH 13 Pycnometer calibrated This device is used to measure the density of fluids It is sometimes called lb a specific gravity bottle Manufactured FHE 450000 of glass with a tightly fitting ground glass stopper with a fine hole in it Calibrated Volume 50 ml 520 00 Pycnometer calibrated 1520 10 Pycnometer uncalibrated The same device as 1520 00 but unca librated Volume 25 ml 1520 10 Pycnometer uncalibrated Areometer A device for finding the specific gravi ty of liquids Density range 0 700 1
165. gdeburg hemispheres Magdeburg hemispheres student version Made of black rubber Package with 4 pairs Gasket for 1735 00 Rubber Gasket i 1735 01 Gasket for 1735 00 1735 20 Magdeburg hemispheres student version Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen Manometer This simple user friendly manometer has a digital read out display which shows the measured pressure directly in KPa Measuring range 0 200 kPa with an uncertainty of 2 Connection directly to a tube connection on the front panel is possible for tubing with dia 5 7 mm Power supply 6 ea 1 5 V AA batteries or line adapter 3550 10 3550 20 included 1770 00 Manometer 1770 00 1740 00 Dasymeter For demonstration of air buoyancy when placed in a vacuum receiver Hollow plastic ball suspended on beam with adjustable weight Dimensions H 135 mm L 120 mm W 65 mm 1740 00 Dasymeter Demonstration multimeter Manometer pH meter thermometer multimeter To maintain maximum stu dent interest in a demon stration requires student in volvement This new Demonstration Multimeter ensures student interest by allowing the stu dents no matter where they are in the class room to see the instrument readings first hand Your students no longer ha ve to just take your word for it they can see the readings themselves Designed especially for education this Demonstra tion Multimeter has eight
166. ged to the steel body and locked by means of a magnet 2005 00 Ticker tape timer Carbon paper discs For the ticker tape timers no 2005 00 Package of 50 ea Diameter 64 mm 2005 30 Carbon paper discs Tape 17 5 mm wide tape for the timers no 2005 00 360 g roll 2005 20 Tape 2005 00 Drop weight Nickel plated iron weight with self tightening locking mechanism for the tape for use with the ticker tape timer no 2005 00 Diameter 32 mm Height 160 mm 2005 40 Drop weight 1 kg height 160 mm 2005 50 Drop weight 0 5 kg height 82 mm 2005 60 Drop weight 0 25 kg height 42 mm 2005 20 2005 40 2005 50 2005 30 MECHANICS 35 Rod with mounting bracket Appropriate for mounting of timer 2005 00 as shown in the figure The bracket has a stoved enamel finish and the rust free steel rod has a 10 mm diameter Total length 230 mm 2005 70 Rod with mounting bracket Timer tape holder The holder is for timer tape 2005 20 It is made of black plastic with ball bearings and a 10 mm diameter mount ing rod and bracket of rust free steel 2005 80 Timer tape holder Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 36 MECHANICS Stroboscope disc Made af black lacquered plastic with 1 aperture For use with e g motor no 2025 00 and illuminator Diameter 170 mm hole diameter 8 mm 2020 00 Stroboscope disc Stroboscope made of experiment lamp and stroboscope disc
167. glider flags L When determining the masses m and m the gliders must be weighed after mounting the accessories springs extra masses etc Make sure that you add the same mass to both ends of a glider if you don t do that the glider will surf with the heaviest end first Elastic and inelastic collisions Work through the following combinations make a dry run each time to determine how to start the gliders in order to place the collision point appropriately relative to the photocell units Don t let the gliders move too fast If one of the gliders makes contact with the air track the measurement is spoiled and must be repeated Fill out a table like the one below A spreadsheet like Excel is very convenient for this work It is imperative to indicate whether each of the gliders moves towards the right positive velocity or towards the left negative velocity Already when filling out the table with experimental results Don t forget to mark the times that correspond to negative velocities with minus signs If one of the gliders is at rest zero velocity the corre sponding passage time should be marked oo If you use a spreadsheet enter a very large number for infinity e g 107 written 1E23 Expressions for calculating momentum and kinetic energy Pasang Mihi HU Paner MV YS Ek Before ny tty F HW Eun Aner ayy ae yy Comment on your results is momentum conserved When is kin
168. h rider with a 10 mm dia hole no 2946 10 for pro viding rotation of a setup The drive pulley and the handle are manufactured of black plastic The handle is provided with a 10 mm diameter stainless steel axle which fits the hole in the bench rider Pulley diameter 77 mm Axle size 10 mm diameter x 25 mm 4708 30 Manual drive pulley 4708 30 2946 35 and 2946 10 Three Phase Generator Magnet support for motor generator This is used for mounting the stator magnets in the motor generator construction It is provided with a 10 mm diameter x 95 mm stainless steel tap The hol der is made of plastic with a cutout for 10 x 10 mm bar magnets no 3305 10 or 10 mm diameter mag nets 4708 10 Magnet support for motor generator 4708 10 Profile track The profile track is will suited for supporting items of experimental equipment which is to be mounted in fixed positions in relation to one another The profile track is used with one or more track riders no 2946 10 These are provided with a 10 mm diameter hole and wing nuts Track length 370 mm Track width 82 mm Track height 26 mm 2946 35 Profile track without riders Track riders with 10 mm diameter hole These are designed for convenient mounting of equi pment with a maximum 10 mm diameter mounting rod They are finished with black lacquer and are provided with a measuring reference line and a wing nut Size 35 x 50 x 84 mm Mass
169. hat the phase angle can be read off Dimensions LxHxD 48 x 32x10 cm Mass 1 kg 2212 00 Wave machine 2212 00 Wave apparatus for transverse waves This is a very illustrative piece of equipment for demon strating transverse wave motion It consists of 35 mas sive metal rods 46 cm long suspended in the middle by a metal wire The inertia of the system ensures slow and easily studied wave motion for the metal rods are provi ded with a yellow rubber marking at each end contrast ing with the black color of the apparatus The apparatus provides an excellent illustration of the concepts of wavelength frequency amplitude reflection and phase Size 90 x 46 x 30 cm 2212 10 Wave apparatus for transverse waves 2155 80 Set of 5 springs with hook Set of five springs of equal length but with various spring constant With eye let and hook 2155 80 Set of 5 springs with hook 2465 00 Trichord For experiments with oscillating strings The apparatus is a wooden box with facilities for supporting strings under tension One string is placed under tension using weig hts while the two others can be stretched using a tighte ning key the apparatus can be used to illustrate how the pitch of a tone depends upon the length of a string and its tension Provided with a centimeter scale and with two steel and one nylon string Length 60 cm 2465 00 Trichord 2212 10 Wave apparatus low cost for transverse waves
170. he output lead of the adapter has a 6 mm jack conne ctor for our digital counter 2002 50 The adaptor is also compatible with Pasco s digital adapter PS 2159 5125 75 Adapter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen Source holder on rod incl absorber plates The holder is designed for radioactive sources and suppli ed with a set of absorber plates for experiments with radi oactivity The holder has a 10 mm diameter support rod and a 6 mm diameter rod for hanging absorber plates in front of the radioactive source The absorber plates are supplied in a convenient storage box The set includes 5 ea 2 mm thick lead plates and 10 ea 1 mm thick lead plates The plates have been enameled to protect fingers from lead contamination Aluminum plates are also suppli ed 2 ea 3 mm 6 ea 2 mm and 4 ea 0 5 mm 5140 05 Source holder on rod incl absorber plates Absorber plate set The set of absorber plates is supplied in a storage box The set includes 5 ea 2 mm thick lead plates and 10 ea 1 mm thick lead plates The plates have been enameled to protect fingers from lead contamination Aluminum plates are also supplied 2 ea 3 mm 6 ea 2 mm and 4 ea 0 5 mm 5140 06 Absorber plate set Absorber plates 45 x 45 mm All plates have a 7 mm diameter hole in one corner for hanging them on a support 5140 10 Lead plate enameled thickness 1 mm 5140 11 Lead plate enameled thickness 2 mm 5140 12 Aluminum pl
171. he weight at the moment in question The first portion of the timer tape could look as follows after a typical experiment Figure 1 It is apparent that the distance between the marks incre ases as the speed of the falling weight increases For each of the selected points on the tape two distances L and As should be measured as illustrated in figure 2 As Figure 2 In order to determine the speed of the weight at a parti cular point one can use the fundamental definition of speed v s t where As is the distance through which the weight has traveled in the time interval A t For a given mark on the tape using the distance from the previous mark to the following mark corresponds to a time interval of 0 02 seconds The speed is thus given by v As 0 02 s For each of the selected marks on the timer tape the potential energy E and the kinetic energy E can be determined Ein 5 mv Kon s m go the mechanical energy can be written as Eg SE MV m eh The potential energy can be set equal to zero at the initial position of the weight Thus the potential energy will be negative during the fall while the kinetic energy will increase due to the increase in speed The sum of the potential and the kinetic energy should thus remain close to zero 1 This is only true for an AC mains frequency of 50 Hz If the frequency is 60 Hz the correct number is 1 120 2 For 60 Hz mains frequency the time interval is 0 01667 seconds
172. hter Thermal expansion apparatus For demonstration of the linear expansion of solids Two metal rods are placed over a container which is filled with spirit and then set alight to heat up the rods The linear expansion is measured by means of two mounted pointers bearing against the ends of the rods The poin ters can be set at zero by rotating the rods which are threaded at one end The metal rods are made of iron and copper Total length excl pointers 220 mm 2655 00 Thermal expansion apparatus Thermal expansion apparatus 2655 00 Precision dial indicator form By using a dial indicator to measure the changing length this apparatus provides very accurate determinations of the coefficient of linear expansion The indicator reads directly 0 01 mm The heating takes place by passing water vapour through the glass jacket The unit is supplied with 4 rods one of copper aluminium glass and iron Overall length 2655 10 of the apparatus 650 mm 2655 10 Thermal expansion apparatus Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Bar breaking apparatus For demonstration of the effects of expansion and con traction Supplied with 10 cast iron rods which by hea ting or cooling of the app centre rod can be broken due to the centre rod s expansion or contraction Overall length 320 mm 2660 20 Bar breaking apparatus 2670 00 Bimetalic strips The strips are supplied with an indentation for mounting under a
173. ially produced projection screen ensures optimum sharpness Footers with adjustment screws The Ripple tank is supported by three legs to ensure a stable setup and to permit exact regulation of water depth Power supply The Ripple Tank is delivered with a mains adapter Wave dippers The standard set includes various dippers and lens profiles Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen The vibrator is overloadprotected The moving parts are con trolled by means of a double membrane Height regulation of the dippers is continuous using finger screws The horizon 42 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND Content of box item no 18 19 21 22 23 The Ripple Tank comprises the 15 Acrylic block concave 2210 28 1 pcs following individual parts 16 Acrylic block convex 2210 29 1 pcs 17 Acrylic block rectangular pcs 1 Ripple Tank 2210 33 1 pcs K Sii j BR a on 2210 30 HQ 1 pes etachable legs na CS l a paio kah is j 18 Single dipper 2210 22 1 pcs ate fittin TOTO ec ox CS a j 19 Double dipper 2210 23 1 pcs 4 Frosted glass plate 2210 5093 1 pcs 96 Wisner ier E E 9 Mirror 221051011 sa aaaene az 1 pcs wave attachment 2210 25 1 pcs The ripple tank set is supplied comple 6iiEbing rode for Strobeanit E ET te in a fiber box segmented for storing C24 0 4 T 2 pcs 2210 2202 0 5pcs the components and with complet
174. ike the 2885 00 but with the option of modulating the light beam The laser is provided with a BNC conne ctor for connection to a signal generator CD player or similar signal source The light beam intensity will then vary with the applied signal Well suited for demonstrati on of optical communication using photodetector no 4895 50 see page 69 Maximum modulation frequency 1 MHz 2885 20 Modulated laser Optical fiber holder This threaded adapter has a centering hole and is desig ned for optical fiber item no 2887 00 The cable is secu red and centered by means of an O ring 2886 10 Optical fiber holder Optical fiber This flexible optical fiber guides light rays along circular paths from one place to another It can be readily cut to the desired length by means of a sharp cutting instru ment It can be used in electronics models data trans fer projects etc The external diameter of the fiber with protective covering is 2 2 mm while the optical fiber it self is 1 mm in diameter 2887 00 Optical fiber per meter 2885 20 2885 00 20 0785 64 Laser objective This convex lens is used to spread light from a laser It is useful when producing holograms or in other optical experiments where a broad illumination field is desired The objective is supplied with a threaded adapter for mounting to the laser s optics adapter 0785 64 Laser objective x40 0775 28 Laser objective x60 erik
175. ime up to 24 V Pump capacity 0 13 ml min Dimensions Height 101 mm width 51 mm depth 103 mass 340 g 5480 00 Peristaltic pump Items included as standard 2 ea quartz cuvettes 4 ea glass cuvettes User s Guide and Windows software for data collection Technical specificaxtions Wavelength region 190 1000 nm Bandwidth 5 nm Wavelength accuracy 2 nm Wavelength reproducibility 1 nm Wavelength resolution 1 nm Measuring ranges 0 125 T 0 2 5 A 0 1999 C Light sources Tungsten halogen and deuterium lamps 4 digit 13 mm LED display 31 2 digit 13 mm LED display 417x40x14 cm Mass 12 kg 230 115 VAC selectable 5455 00 Spectrophotometer UV 2100 Readout results Readout wavelength Size Power supply 5480 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 5412 40 pH mV meter M350 incl electrode Battery operated pH mV meter with digital Display Easy to operate and provides fast and reliable results with a reproducibility of 0 01pH Adjustments for temperature and with puffers is easy made with simple turn buttons Well suited for field work Comes with electrode battery and English manual Specifications Range pH 0 00 14 00 mV 1400 Accuracy pH 0 01 mV 1 Input impedance gt 10120 Calibration range pH 1 pH ved 25 C mV 60 Temperature range 0 100 C Battery indicator Display Electrode bushing Battery lifetime 9V gt 20
176. inal no 4350 00 The electrode is kept in position by means of a shrew which also is supplied with a terminal for safety cables thus acting as a contact The Electrode holder is made of acid proof plastic Dimension 65 x 25 x 12 mm 4515 10 Electrode holder for round electrodes 4497 10 4500 95 y ay y y 4 VA 4 hs F p y A L A 7 Silver electrode A Silver electrode for experiments concerning the oxidation potential of metals or building voltaic cells y Rod shaped electrode of dimension 8 x 0 5 x 100 mm 4500 95 Silver electrode Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 122 ELECTRICITY 4512 00 di LAN 4518 00 4520 00 Nickel net electrode This nickel net electrode has a large surface area It is made of nickel netting and is provided with a crocodile clip connector Size 100 mm x 10 mm diameter 4512 00 Nickel net electrode Copper electrode copper nails Square massive copper nails with points Length 70 mm Cross section 3 x 3 mm Package of 10 ea 4517 00 Copper electrode copper nails Steel plate for electro galvanization This is used for experiments with electro galvanization Plate size 20 x 40 x 1 mm Supplied with a 4 mm diameter hole for mounting Supplied in a package of 10 plates 4518 00 Steel plates for electro galvaization U tube with salt bridge This is used in electrolysis where various electrolytes are used with the
177. indow diameter 10 mm Window diameter 27 8 mm Window density 15 20 mg cm Window density 20 30 mg cm Window material mica Window material mica Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Geiger miuller counters Ratemeter analog This ratemeter is a battery operated portable GM coun ter ideal for field use and equipped with a built in GM tube The built in GM tube is sensitive to Alpha Beta and Gamma radiation Developed and designed especially for educational pur poses With analog moving coil meter No flashing digits but continuous and stable readings so students always have a good idea about the level of radiation Output for TTL pulses Analog output for external appli cations Size 205 x 109 x 53 mm Mass 720 g 5135 55 Ratemeter analog 2002 50 Counter This microprocessor controlled counter has a 25 mm high LED display and is well suited for demonstration experiments in the classroom The counter can be connected directly to GM Detectors via a 6 3 mm jack receptacle The following GM Detect ors are compatible 5135 65 and 5135 70 TTL type sig nals from other GM detectors or GM amplifiers can also RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS 147 Hea DA sade Datalyse CI atible Geiger muller counter Geiger Muller counter for use with Geiger Miuller tube no 5125 05 or 5125 25 Equipped with digital readout and gate tim
178. ion Technical specifications Measuring range Resolution 0 8 30 0 m s 0 1 m s 2 8 108 km h 0 1 km h 1 6 58 knots 0 1 knot 160 5900 feet minute 10 feet min Accuracy 3 of full scale 2 digits Power supply 1 ea 9 V block battery 1876 05 Wind speed meter digital Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 26 MECHANICS Mechanics Centre of gravity plates Set consisting of 2 aluminium plates approx 250 mm long Equipped with holes for suspending in corners and centre of gravity with marks for the centre of gravity lines For suspension the handle with pin no 1905 10 may be utilized 1900 00 Centre of gravity plates Demonstration balance For demonstration of the weight principle and momen tum Made of nickel plated brass and equipped with 30 holes numbered from the middle for suspension of weights 1905 00 Demonstration balance 1900 00 Handle with pin For suspension of no 1905 00 and 1900 00 1905 10 Handle with pin Weights with hooks Used in conjunction with demonstration balance no 1905 00 made of nickel plated brass with stamped mass indication 1910 00 Mass 100g 1910 10 Mass 60 g 1910 20 Mass 50g 1910 30 Mass 40g 1910 40 Mass 30g J 1910 00 1910 80 1910 50 Mass 20g 1910 60 Mass 15g 1910 70 Mass 10g 1910 80 Mass 5g 0960 40 1920 00 baa 0960 30 0960 20 0960 10 Iron weights These calibrated weights are made
179. ion heater for low voltage Immersion heaters for low voltage Suitable for test tu bes with 30 mm outside diameter Length of the heater 240 mm 2750 20 Immersion heater 2 5 Ohms 2750 30 Immersion heater 5 Ohms 2750 30 Heat radiation detector This sensor is sensitive to electromagnetic radiation in the wavelength region from 0 25 um to 20 um i e from the ultraviolet through the visible to the far infrared Thus it is sensitive to thermal radiation in the near IR 0 3 3 um and far IR 3 um 20 um regions Because the sen sor uses a black absorbing surface and a thermopile detector the response of the sensor is uniform over its wavelength range The output signal is proportional to the incident power per unit area striking the detector sur face The sensor is adjusted so that an output of 4 V cor responds to 1000 W m 3 The cable is terminated in a 5 pole male DIN connector compatible with compu ter interface 2872 81 The sensor can also be used along with the battery box accessory item no 2515 60 See page 85 to provide if the necessary 5 V DC bias voltage When using the bat tery box an ordinary digital voltmeter can be used to read the output signal Supplied with a holder with a 10 mm diameter rod for ai mounting on a laboratory stand 2515 60 2872 81 Heat radiation detector Leidenfrost dish The apparatus is a dish made of steel The dish is heated up to several hundred degrees Centigrade and a few drop
180. is covered with laminate and mounted on PVC legs Legs Diameter 30 x 35 mm Plate 305 x 305 x 20 mm Mass 1 5 kg 4435 00 Insulated stool m9 8 TELL T TE fas eee Teena EL CL ELLE l N mong NA AA AA r i bana 4 ELECTRICITY 127 4430 00 Electric whirl for van de graaf This unit has been redesigned Comes with needle on dia 4 mm plug that fits the van de graaf 4430 00 Electric whirl for van de graaf Discharge tube Neon filled for demonstrating electric charge and polarity 4285 20 Discharge tube Faraday s net To show that an electrical charge resides on the external surface of a conductor and that the net acts as electric shield Dimension 320 x 210 mm diameter 4440 00 Faraday s net Metal net sheet Used in pairs for the construction of plate condensers for large uniform fields With insulated handle and 4 mm jack connection hole Diameter 400 mm Supplied in pairs 4445 00 Metal net sheet Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 128 ELECTRICITY Magnetic field pattern Conductor single working surface of 120 x 120 mm Made in acrylic plastic with 4 mm sockets Can be used on an overhead projektor 4550 00 Magnetic field pattern Magnetic field pattern Single turn for use on an overhead projector to demon strate magnetic field patterns with iron filings and plot ting magnets Made in acrylic plastic with 4 mm sockets Working surface
181. ive different slit widths for demonstrations of diffraction patterns Size 50 x 50 mm 3230 10 Single slits various widths Seven slits spacing between slits 5 mm slit width 0 8 mm 3010 05 Seven slit F slit Slit width 1 mm Used as aperture for the at picture demonstration where it can be seen whether or not the picture is inverted 3010 20 F slit Slides with aperture 3006 00 Slide 1 mm diameter aperture 3006 10 Slide 2 mm diameter aperture 3006 20 Slide 4 mm diameter aperture Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Mirrors Plane mirror Glass back silvered with protective coating Rectangu lar 180 x 120 mm 3040 20 Plane mirror Mirrors flat plastic This mirrored plastic plate is shatterproof and it can be cut with a scissors It is mirrored on both sides Size 90 x 65 x 1 2 mm Package of 8 ea 3066 00 Mirror flat 8 ea Mirrors concave convex plastic These mirrored plastic plastes are 100 x 100 x 1 5 mm They are mirrored on both sides and shaped like a con vex mirror Package of 10 ea 3066 10 Mirrors concave convex plastic Mirror concave and convex Mounted back silvered spherical mirrors 115 mm diameter 190 mm focal length mounted back to back in a metal frame The frame is mounted on a 10 mm rod length 100 mm 3065 00 Mirror concave and convex Mirror rotatable with indicator needle This rotatable mirror is mounted on a stand It is used e g in
182. l at the end of the arm of the Current Balance 4565 00 Position the arm so that the lowest part of the coil is completely within the region of uniform magnetic field Turn the knob all the way from end to end to check that the coil moves freely without touching the magnet Readings in grams may be converted to a force in newtons F m g For example a value of 5 grams corresponds to a force of m 0 005 kg 9 82 0 0491 N s3 1 Zero the sensitive scale while no current is flowing 2 Turn on the current Keep it at a constant value e g 4 5 A max 5 0 A 3 Turn the knob on Current Balance II to a position where the scale reads zero grams Adjust the move able angle indicator on the goniometer so that it reads zero degrees too In this position the magnetic field is parallel to the current flow 4 Adjust the angle between the conductor and the magnetic field in 10 degree increments Read off corresponding weight values from the scale If the scale allows readings below zero go through both negative and positive angles Note the signs careful ly 5 Fill out a table like the one below and draw a graph of force versus sin 9 Looking at the calculated values in the last column what would you expect and what do you in fact observe Same question for the graph F In this apparatus the conductor takes the form of a rectan gular coil The forces on the two vertical parts of the coil can cel each
183. l multimeter model 120 Power supply 3862 25 3862 15 Kompatibel 3866 40 Multimeter Elma 202 w Windows software Multimeter measuring current voltage resistance audible continuity test frequency capacitance temperature adapter sold separately Optional manual auto range relative measurements and datahold Built in wireless detector for determining electric fields from computer displays etc Also suitable as wireless pole finder Communicates with PC s at 4 Hz making data logging and graphical visualization an option Compatible with the Datalyse software Elma 202 is a sturdy instrument well suited for the educatio nal purposes Supplied with software Windows cables and rubber case 3866 40 Multimeter 3866 41 Adapter for type K temperature probe Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Oscilloscope 20 MHz This user friendly and inexpensive model is well suited to use in schools The technical specifications are as follows Double trace with XY option Band width 20 MHz Sensitivity 5 mV Sweep rates 0 5 s to 50 ns per cm Supplied with BNC connections with separate grounds Trigger connection ELECTRICITY 111 4000 40 4000 40 Oscilloscope 20 MHz I m wares Li gt p m m Ey BNC double banana plug Safety cables Item no Name Safety cables are test cables
184. ld give the initial x momentum pxo Adding the y components of the two balls momentum should give a result close to zero Required Equipment 1992 20 Curved ball track 1 00 Pcs 1992 10 Easily smudged carbon paper 1 00 Pcs Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 305 EXPERIMENTS Purpose In this exercise the conservation of mechanical energy during a free fall is studied Theory The total mechanical energy of an object is determined by the sum of its potential energy and its kinetic energy E mek Ein ki Ea In this experiment we will consider the kinetic energy to be equal to zero when the accelerated mass is at rest v 0 The zero point of the potential energy will be the position of the accelerated mass just before it is re leased As the potential energy decreases becomes negative during the fall of the mass the kinetic energy will increase becomes positive by ideally the same amount so that the total mechanical energy should equal zero In practice some energy losses due to fricti on air resistance etc will be observed By letting a weight pull a timer tape through a timer the timer can place a mark on the tape every 1 100 of a second and by selecting a number of marks e g 20 on Conservation of mechanical energy during a free fall the timer tape one can find for each mark both how far the weight has fallen from the initial position as well as the speed of t
185. le allowing for vari ations in depth of sample Supplied with a strong cord 10 m and float Outer dimension Dia 200 mm x H 460 mm Dimension of test tube Dia 18 mm x max 150 mm Weight 5 5 kg 7670 20 Bottom sample collector 5459 00 5820 00 Irradiated plastic kit Kit with various plastic types illustrating their different properties Kit Comprises Irradiated and not irradiated PE rods Irradiated and not irradiated PE spheres PVC tubing heat shrink tubes and dry artificial sponges 5820 00 Irradiated plastic kit Hand held refractometer This device can measure sugar concentrations in the range 0 32 A few drops is enough to perform a mea surement and the result can be read at once The scale is calibrated for sugar concentration because this is of interest in testing of fruit juice marmelade wine etc Supplied with calibration adjustment screw Scale resolution 0 2 Length 170 cm Diameter 27 mm Mass 176 g 5459 00 Hand held refractometer 0 32 Hand held refractometer This device can measure sugar concentrations in the range 0 80 Liquid honey has about 80 sugar con centration Supplied with calibration adjustment screw Scale resolution 0 2 Length 155 cm Diameter 30 mm Mass 190 g 5459 10 Hand held refractometer 0 80 ede ri cE tig Science Equipment for Education Physics Two gare separation Simple plant experiments for demonstration of the laws of geneti
186. lied with clamp for clamping on e g a retort stand rod 2095 00 Pulley with clamp 2070 00 Pulley block in line Pulley block comprising 2 pulley blocks in line for the demonstration of the principle of a pulley block Each block consists of 3 pulleys in line Pulleys dia 34 mm 40 mm and 47 mm Length 175 mm Mass 0 27 kg per set 2106 40 Pulley block in line Pulley block Set consists of 2 blocks with 3 pulleys for making a demonstration model of a pulley block Pulleys 40 mm dia Mass 0 3 kg per set 2106 30 Pulley block 2106 40 Collision apparatus This apparatus is designed to illustrate Newton s third law of motion action and reaction forces act upon diffe rent bodies and are oppositely directed The apparatus is also suitable for the demonstration of momentum con servation The collision apparatus is supplied with 5 ea 25 4 mm diameter nickel coated steel balls suspended by double strings in a robust wooden frame Size length 227 mm width 183 mm height 222 mm Mass 0 7 kg 2515 10 Collision apparatus erikse NN Science Equipment for Education Physics Prandtl s rotating disc For demonstrating the principle of the conservation of angular momentum A 480 mm diameter metal disc with ball bearing axle on base with levelling screws and sup porting stool Dimensions Height 150 mm Weight 9 5 kg 2135 00 Prandtl s rotating disc Bicycle wheel gyro Suitable for demonstrating the
187. llection instrument This is useful when experimenting e g with photosynthesis It is supplied complete with a battery and a convenient carrying case LCD display battery powered and with separate photodetector Measuring ranges 0 200 lux 0 2000 lux 0 20000 lux The angular response follows the cosine response with the following deviations 30 degrees less than 2 60 degrees less than 7 80 degrees less than 25 Provided with a hold function for convenient measurement Jack connections 4 mm Size instrument 119 x 64 x 26 mm Photodetector 125 x 66 x 36 mm 1888 20 Lux meter YF 1065 Analog output OPTICS amp 1 All table model sensors are provided with a standard support rod thread to facilitate mounting in an experimental setup Battery box for sensors The battery box is designed for use with sensors and microphones which need 5 VDC to operate The unit is provided with a battery compartment for a 9 V alkaline battery type 6LR61 3510 10 which via an ele ctronic regulator supplies the 5 VDC supply voltage for connected sensors The unit has one input terminal with a 5 pole DIN conne ctor 180 degrees for sensors and two input terminals with 6 pole DIN connectors 270 degrees for micropho nes The output terminals for attachment to a voltmeter datalogger or other device are standard 4 mm safety type jack connectors for the microphone output Dimensions LxWxH 14 3 x 8 4 x 3 7 cm
188. ly on a sensitive scale Put the conductor in position at the end of the arm of the current balance start with for instance L 4 0 cm Position the arm so that the conductor is completely within the regi on of uniform magnetic field Readings in grams may be converted to a force in newtons F m g For example a value of 5 grams corresponds to a force of m 0 005 kg 9 82 0 0491 N F a Force vs length of conductor According to Laplace s law the force is proportional to the length of the conductor Keeping and B constant this can be expressed as F const L 1 Set the current to zero e g by breaking the circuit and zero the scale if possible press the tare button 2 Set the current to a constant value e g 4 5 A and take a reading from the balance Note that the values observed may be negative depending upon the orien tation of the B field If the scale has problems with negative weight you can change the direction of current 3 Repeat this process for various conductor lengths Use the same current as before 4 Present your results in a table like the one below and draw a graph of force vs length Laplace s law 1 Looking at the calculated values in the last column what would you expect and what do you in fact observe Same question for the graph Weight m 9 b Force vs current According to Laplace s law the force is proportional to the current in the con
189. ly the difference between f and f Fine f f Beat notes with two tuning forks Procedure 1 Place the two resonance boxes with the two tuning forks close to one another with the openings facing towards each other Beat notes can now be demonstrated by placing the runner on one of the tuning forks Strike both of the tuning forks with approximately the same force The beat note will be heard as a pulsing variation in the sound intensity Adjust the runner until the frequency of the beats is about one pr second 2 Connect the microphone to the electronic timer and set it up as a frequency counter Strike one of the tuning forks at a time muting the other with your fin gers Note the frequency of each tuning fork 3 Let the two tuning forks sound together again as abo ve Use the stop watch to measure how long it takes for a number of beats to happen Ten is a convenient number Be careful to count zero one two three not just one two three and start the stop watch exactly on zero Calculate first the duration of one of the beats and next the beat frequency Compare the measured beat frequency with the one you get from the expression in the theory paragraph Required Equipment 2245 20 Tuning fork on resonance box Set of two 1 00 Pcs 2485 10 Microphone 1 00 Pcs 2002 50 Digital Scaler Timer 1 00 Pcs 1485 40 Stop watch 1 00 Pcs Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education
190. mpe rature is fulfilled and the pressure will drop to the Boy le s law value of 20 N cm Required Equipment 1805 00 Boyle Mariotte Apparatus T pes Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 301 EXPERIMENTS Purpose The goal of this experiment is to illustrate Newton s 2 Law of Motion f m a Theory The relationship between position s and time for linear motion with constant acceleration is SEN FW AZ AP For motion on an air track where the air track glider is initially at rest v and s can be set equal to zero In this case the equation may be reduced to i s j ar By measuring corresponding values of s and the acceleration a can be found This can be done by plotting the values in a coordinate system with as the abscisse and s as the ordinate For such a graph the acceleration a equals twice the slope of the best straight line through the data points Newton s 2 Law of Motion asserts that the force exerted on an object equals the product of its mass and accele ration F m a Comparing this to our experiment the force exerted on the air track glider is the pulling force Fy exerted by the small pulling weights F rol IN E Where m is the weight of the weights and g is the acce leration due to gravity g 9 82 m s2 Newton s 2 Law of Motion Using F as the force F in Newton s 2 Law of Motion we can calculate the expected acceleration
191. n Physics Frederiksen 8 MEASUREMENTS MASS AND LENGTH Measurements Dynamometers The SF dynamometers are available in 9 different ranges covering the range from 0 1 to 100 Newtons Use the dynamometers to measure an applied force or apply a measured force These high quality metric dynamome ters are precise durable and calibrated in Newton The graduations are easy to read and the resolution is 2 of full scale 1038 00 80 No Range Resolution Colour Code Dimension in mm 1038 00 0 0 1 N 0 002 N Silver 016 x 265 mm 1038 10 0 0 2 N 0 004 N Beige 016 x 265 mm 1038 20 0 1 N 0 02 N Yellow 016 x 265 mm 1038 30 0 2 N 0 4 N Red O16 x 265 mm 1038 40 0 5 N 0 1 N Blue O16 x 265 mm 1038 50 0 10 N 0 2 N Green O16 x 265 mm 1038 60 0 20 N 0 4 N Violet O16 x 265 mm 1038 70 0 50 N 1 0 N Orange 020 x 310 mm 1038 80 0 100 N 2 0 N Gold 020 x 310 mm Features Accuracy The Dynamometers provide superb linearity and the 100 mm long scales are sharp and clear for excellent resolu tion Durability The spring is sealed in the acrylic tube it doesn t get tangled or overstreched Zero adjust 1039 00 Easy and accurate zero adjust by means of the knurled screw uppermost on the dynamometer Sealed scales The scales are inside the acrylic housing so that they won t wear off Colour coded Each dynamometer has it s own colour code and the max range printed on the scale Boxed set of dynamometers Keeps the
192. n one arm of the fork for 2225 00 Tuning fork 440 Hz Length 120 mm changing the frequency The standard frequency is 440 2230 01 Tuning fork 440 Hz Length 145 mm 2245 20 2225 00 Tuning forks steel These tuning forks are made of nickel plated steel with the tone and frequency engraved Hz Set contains Two tuning forks boxes and a ham 2230 05 Tuning fork 256 Hz Length 170 mm mer 2230 10 Tuning fork 512 Hz Length 140 mm pa Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 2245 20 Tuning fork on resonance box 2180 00 Prytz oscillator The apparatus is used to demonstrate Hooke s law and to study the harmonic motion of a spring mass oscillator The scale is provided with a mirror to help avoid parallax errors when making readings It is supplied with a weight holder and four weights 10 20 50 and 100 g and three different sets of springs It is designed for mounting on a standard 10 mm diameter support rod 2180 00 Prytz oscillator Mathematical pendulum with support The apparatus consists of two lens shaped weights of different material but with the same physical dimensions so that they have different masses but the same air resi stance profile Also supplied is a rod with hooks for two point Suspension and pendulum cord The mathematical pendulum is a good approximation to the case of the weightless cord with all mass concentrated at the cen ter of gravity of the pendulum bob In
193. n velocity is dependent upon the depth of the water layer The transparent lens cross section is covered by a shallow layer of water 2211 00 Ripple Tank Projection Intense illumination from the strobe light enables the images to be enlarged and projected using several techniques On a table it is well suited for group work e g in lab exercises On a screen it is ideal for classroom demonstrations or lecture halls Science Equipment for Education Physics oe 8 O MO OQ O O WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 4 Stroboscope Freputncy Rag Arngilifia Reg Froguency Frederiksen CE tal position can also be adjusted O The vibrator assembly can also be used to generate waves Vibrator on a string in connection with resonance phenomena on flat Wavegenerator in phase with strobelight plates and for the demonstration of the states of matter Support with height adjustment The generator assembly can be adjusted so that the dippers just touch the water Ripple tank Manufactured of reinforced plastic Wave dampers Impede the reflection of incident waves Glass bottom surface Easy to clean and scratch resistant Stroboscope The light source is a white LED 3W The LED has a very long lifespan espimated up to 100 000 hours thus a change of light source will not be relevant Projection mirror Scratch resistant and easy to clean with protective backing plate Projection screen A spec
194. nd evacuate steam or fumes including oil Technical data Mains operated 220 V AC 50 Hz Free air displacement 27 min Ultimate vacuum 5x 107 Pa Motor power 1 3 HP Fittings sizes 1 4 G Oil 220 ml Net mass 12 5 kg Dimensions L x W x H 336 x 123 x 255 mm 0695 25 Vacuum pump Oil for vacuum pump For refilling or replacing the operating oil in Vacu um Pump 0695 20 0695 30 Vacuum Oil 1 liter Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics FLUID AND GASSES 19 Vacuum meter The meter scale goes from 0 to 1 0 bars at 0 05 bar intervals The meter dia meter is 50 mm It is supplied with a tube connector fitting 0700 10 Vacuum meter Hand powered vacuum pump This hand powered vacuum pump uses a piston It is supplied with a one way valve and tube connection fitting Ultimate vacuum down to 0 1 atm 0700 10 0715 00 Hand powered vacuum pump Vacuum grease Silicone grease for high vacuum applications The grease is approved for temperatures from 40 to 250 degrees C The can contains 60 grams 0715 00 0710 20 0710 20 Vacuum grease Pascals vases apparatus These vases are used to show that pressure in a liquid is a function of depth only The vases are four differently shaped glass vessels which may be attached to a base which has a diaphragm sensitive to pressure and con nected to a dial Bottom plate with support 235 x 130 mm height incl glass tube 290 mm
195. nd surfaces are made of clear plastic The sides are made of glass and one of these can be removed for easy cleaning Size 30 x 20 x 5 cm Supplied with an opaque cover so that the container can be stored in the dark 7675 10 Worm container 7895 00 7895 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Garden in a bottle The garden in a bottle consists of a pla stic aquarium with a lid Plants and or ani mals are placed in the container to which probes e g oxygen probe 3886 70 or car bon dioxide 3886 10 can be mounted Changes in the oxygen and carbon dioxide content of the atmosphere within the con tainer can then be followed A ventilator is mounted in the lid It can be connected to an electrical outlet using a power supply or an AC DC adapter Stoppers are supplied which can be used to seal openings which are not in use 7895 00 Garden in a bottle Collecting cuvette For studying and photographing minor animals from fresh or salt water No corners where the small animals can hide Made of acrylic Dimensions 9 x 11 x2 5 cm 7615 50 Collecting cuvette 7670 20 Bottom sample collector Bottom Sample Collector for collecting quantitative bot tom samples for analyzing organic matter nutrition salts sediment composition and micro organisms Sturdy design with a very heavy lead ring tube and tube holder and piston made of strong plastic and pole of stainless steel Both tube and pole is adjustab
196. ndtl s rotating disc lt d2280sp050e004 39 Pressure Sensors 23 PISTI lt a aee bee aae ba ee ee eae 77 Prism table wes eo a Haya oo ie eae SA 75 Prismatic thermometer in metal housing 58 Profile track x so so ia wie 6 a Bawa Gab wate oe 6 136 Profiled TAN chk sce Wh ian eee ee ee 73 Propeller 27am Sacre Kae Fore ee 140 141 Protective cover for air track 32 Protective screen 163 Protein experiment 162 Proton and neutron demonstration 153 Prytz oscilator RA 54 PUNCY coreene a r NATA 29 Pulley block sas beat ooh eos oe ee 38 Pulley on steel rod 38 Pulley with CAMP wa hae ons heme RANG 38 PUNO naaa ABER Ah ARA AA mb KA NGAY 18 Push button x5 1 estes ee st cctv ede ee MAGANA Aa 113 PVC Ue cece ee cesueudace see BAGY 124 Pycnometerf mGa RA eee SOEs wads we 13 Pyranometer 141 142 Pyrheliometer 04 A0 asana 142 R Rabbit fUr aaa aako BG AKALA 124 ate AR AA AA 62 Radioactive source 144 149 152 Radioactivity wep aba eed shea ee Sew Ses 148 Radiometer gses24es eter bed annann 62 RaNDOW cst er ee to Sap Bastin aah a eae 166 Rape seeds 0 ccc aa 152 Ratemeter analog 147 Ray track board Xa wa ka haaa kha woh KA 89 Rectangular block aaa aaa kea 76 89 Rectifier ca pA bo Sat othe KG AKA a se 117 Refractometer 160 Resistor holder
197. ng surface allowing light tracing on the table surface with lined or graph paper The table is in lacquered steel Dimensions 260 x 180 mm height 80 mm 2915 00 Student ray track board Lined paper This sturdy lined paper is for use with the Optics Table item no 2915 00 It is supplied with 1 cm squares and with a wider center line marked Lines parallel to the cen ter line are numbered consecutively from the center line Paper size 179 x 239 mm 2915 10 Lined paper package of 25 ea 2915 00 2915 10 2920 40 2920 00 2920 10 OPTICS 89 Acrylic plastic blocks For students use Clear acrylic plastic 12 mm thick With bottom surface finished in white other surfaces fully polished 2920 00 Triangular block 90 45 side lengths 59 and 42 mm 2920 10 Rectangular block side lengths 50 and 19 mm 2920 20 Biconvex block 49 mm long 2920 30 Biconcave block 49 mm long 2920 40 Semicircular block 80 mm long radius of curvature 40 mm Plane mirror Glass black silvered mounted on hardwood cube Side length 50 mm 2925 00 Plane mirror Cylindrical mirror Made of polished stainless steel side length 65 mm 2930 00 Cylindrical mirror ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED 2970 00 Slits and filterholder 3010 00 Tripple slit 0004 00 Retort stand base Power supply 6 V 1 A AC DC 3610 50 2970 00 2800 20 2920 20 2925 00 2930 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen
198. ngths of sound waves in air The pipe is supplied with a millimeter scale and a moveable piston for changing the length of the air column Dimensions Length 66 cm diameter 3 cm 2475 00 Kundt s resonance pipe ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT NEEDED Suitable tuning fork 2240 10 Tuning Fork 1000 Hz 2245 61 Striking Hammer Power supply The power supply is designed for use with microphones and other sensors which need a 5 VDC to operate The unit is provided with a battery compartment for 9 V alka line battery type 6LR61 8510 10 which via an electronic regulator supplies the 5 VDC supply voltage for conne cted probes The unit has two input terminals with 6 pole DIN connectors 270 degrees and one input terminal with a 6 pole DIN connector 180 degrees The output terminals for attachment of measuring devi ces are 3 pole DIN connectors and 4 mm jack connect ors safety type When making measurements with the microphone probe 2515 10 if the connection is made to the input connector marked Mic 2 then an oscilloscope can be connected to the jack connectors Dimensions LxBxH 14 3 x 8 4 x 3 7 cm 2515 60 Power supply Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 50 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND Microphone The microphone is well suited for the measurement of sound frequencies the speed of sound and the recording of sound for Fourier transformation The sensitive microphone is very small and therefore
199. nnectors for attaching this unit to the Counter stop input 1980 10 Free fall apparatus Microphone The microphone is well suited for the measurement of sound frequencies the speed of sound and the recor ding of sound for Fourier transformation The sensitive microphone is very small and therefore very suitable for measurements of sound interference It is supplied with a one meter cable with a 3 pole DIN connector which can be connected directly to the ele ctronic counter type 2002 50 or student timer type 2002 60 The microphone can also be connect ed to an oscilloscope or other measuring instrument via a type 2515 60 power supply The frequ ency range is 20 20 000 Hz Sup plied with 10 mm diameter sup port rod Dimensions Length 105 mm greatest diameter 30 mm 2485 10 Microphone without stand Clapper board This clapper board is ideal for producing the sharp sound pulse required for measuring the speed of sound Produced with two hinged hardwood blocks Dimensions 27 x 50 x 300 mm Mass 280 g 2482 00 Clapper board Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MEASUREMENTS TIME 17 Electronic counter e Multiple function capability e Microprocessor controlled e User friendly e High accuracy This microprocessor controlled eight digit counter can be used for measure ment of time intervals periods revolutions per second frequency pulses etc The
200. ns re tea ations oS 4 0004 00 ox wa AA 4 0004 10 APA AA 4 0006 00 i fructus GAGA AKA ee 4 0006 0 einar dint oa Oe tes 4 0008 00 Kagkaakapaba saan as 4 0008 10 verses eet eee eas 4 0008 20 oie ieee Se aa eee a 4 0008 90 sa ee a ewe 4 0008 40 ccna dh eee ce eek eas 4 0008 50 na auuaaaaaaaaaan n 4 0008 60 exam mGA 4 0010 00 paaa rane ha dae avs 5 0016 00 ngwa mka hamak kka 5 0016 10 otee shee eee ences 5 OO16 002 ecb eee te a es 5 OT NIAN MARANAN 5 0018 30 acnes ne AA nme ak 5 0018 40 See ae eae ar Ira 5 0023 00 hci ek ce ee eee KA 6 0023 T0 cate AA 6 0023 20 2deceotrctetancoeeads 6 0027 00 ee fete eet sees os 6 0028 00 za ie eT e hears 6 0036 00 sanc a ete eae eee oe 7 0036 10 z epei keora chew kh 7 0038 00 AMA eee ee 7 0038 10 dame wetted ex tears 7 0038 20 sede derided ea 7 0520 30 ox 2ccdtevtdake 152 162 USS Da bese bA 165 05 910 APA BAS b7 05 520 pama aa cere maa mat a 57 OSI DAU waaa kaa eames 57 0575 70 Se waite ee ee ee te 57 0979 60 ioner es erei 57 058010 siriar ganera tet ee 57 0582 25 sae ea d P eE E pos 58 0585 00 PUNO BEA PAEAS AA 58 0590 10 AGA AA 58 0600 02 awa maka eden a 57 0600 10 ceai bean ce tees 58 0600 20 nakahahawa aa 58 0610 00 panaman 58 0610 TO screen dee hwa kanga 58 0615 00 ic ccdondoshentneta 58 0690 20 pine ster ete ence 18 0690 30 zawa waaa treed ADA 18 POY 4D sia cari feat AA Ad a 18 0699 20 AA 18 0695 30 2523 een eee eee a 18 0 00 10 ceed cece ee eres 19 O71020 cuca teeta atts 19
201. nsulated pair Insulated stationa ry Terminals with 010 mm mounting rod Fitted with an insulated terminal plugs screw Fits all 4 Length 100 mm banana plugs mm Supplied in pair Supplied in pairs 4350 30 Stationary 4350 00 terminal Stationary insulated pair terminal 4350 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Insulator Insulated holder for electric cables Plexiglass insulator on rod with 4 and 4 5 mm mounting holes and terminal screw Length 170 mm 4350 10 Insulator Insulator Insulator on 10 mm dia rod with terminal screws Length 200 mm 4350 20 Insulator 4350 20 Electric cells Glass jar Sturdy Glass Jar for making up simple cells Dimensions 80 x 60 x 100 mm external Wall thickness 4 5 mm Weight 420 g 4495 00 Glass jar 4495 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics 120 ELECTRICITY Electrodes Electrode plates with slit bend Electrode Plates designed for mounting in Stationary Terminal no 4350 00 can be used for making simple cells using Glass Jar no 4495 00 Dimension 37 x 70 mm No Metal Thicknes 4500 00 Cupper 1mm 4500 05 Aluminum 2mm 4500 10 Zink 2mm 4500 20 Lead 2mm 4500 30 lron 1mm Electrode plates Electrode plates designed for mounting in electrode hol der 4515 20 Used for voltaic cells Dimension 50 x 87 mm Item no Electrode Thicknes 4498 00 Copper 1mm 4498 05 Aluminum 2mm 4498 10 Zin
202. nt 1 ea Pocket compass 3405 00 Nickel plated brass case Dial 360 white with stop Diameter 45 mm 3405 00 Pocket compass Compass SILVA type 3 Transparent base plate 11 x 54 mm with magnifying lens and scales Rotatable capsule agate pivot red black north south lines Dial 360 international 50 mm with grid 3405 15 Compass SILVA type 3 3405 15 Pocket compass Low cost pocket compass with 360 5 graduation Nickel plated brass housing Needle placed on stone bearings Diameter 40 mm 3405 05 Pocket compass Compass low costs Land compass with 360 graduation Transparent base plate Liquid filled compass housing 3405 10 Compass low costs 3405 05 Demonstration compass f OHP Same specifications as 3405 15 Model for Overhead Projector size 48 x 25 cm Ideal for demonstrating how to use a compass 3405 16 Demonstration compass f OHP 3405 18 NN Br eth ALI Wi hr Pj HA 30035 z m CJ Storage container for 3405 15 Suitcase with lining for storing up to 24 SILVA compas ses no 3405 15 3405 16 3405 18 Storage container for 3405 15 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 96 MAGNETISM 3430 00 Dip needle With magnetic steel needle 105 mm long fully rotatable Moun ted in holder with agate cup bea rings and suspension hook 3425 00 Dip needle Dip needle With magnetic steel needle 105 mm long fully
203. nt or the rear panel sockets Display The Watt and Energy Meter is designed for educational purposes and is for this very reason equipped with a 4 segment LED display with 45 mm high digit easily seen even from the back of the class room 4075 50 Watt and energy meter erikse gt Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICITY S109 Facilities for Watt and energy meter Graphing program available For those cases where it is desirable to plot a function Computerinterface versus time Such as power during a phycical experi ment a program is available to take measurement at specific time intervals and then plot the points on a graph This graph may also be plotted on a printer The instrument is equipped with a RS232C serial inter face which makes it a simple matter to connect it to a computer The meter s built in software makes it pos sible to control and read all measured and calculated parameters through the interface The language returned is selectable Datalogging As an optional extra a datalogging function is available Logging can be initiated by setting a start condition either at a fixed time or power level ee Setting and reading is done through the inter face Setting up the logging facility of the Watt and Energymeter Toba Ing ame Technical specifications Range Range Solution Accuracy Frequency V Front Panel 0 240 V RMS 0 1 og 1 V RMS 1 MQ 2 5 ae
204. o meter no 3215 30 3255 05 Diffraction grating 300 lines mm 3255 10 Diffraction grating 600 lines mm Grating model It can sometimes be diffi cult for students to visual ize the optical diffraction grating Standard grat ings have very small grat ings constants so the line spacing can not be seen Acoustic analogies are difficult to set up and also challenge student under standing Using machine screws with a well defi ned pitch and 0 30 mm nylon line it is possible to produce your own simple optical grating Using a laser beam and at a distance of 6 to 10 meters from the grating to a pro jection screen it is possible to clearly see the diffraction pattern caused by this large spacing grating This device provides students with a clearly visible example of an operating optical grating 3244 00 Grating model 3244 00 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 82 o OPTICS Colours Color filters foil These transparent colored foils are supplied in rolls 50 x 122 cm These color filters are reasonably selective and correct compared with the international color standards The filters can be cut into A4 format or other appropriate sizes for use on overhead projectors or e g 6 x 6 cm sizes for student use 3089 00 Color filter primary red 3089 10 Color filter yellow 3089 20 Color filter primary green 3089 30 Color filter primary blue 3089 50 Color filter cyan 3089 60 Color filter m
205. o glass plates Dimensions 50 x 50 mm Spacing between slits 0 1 mm 3240 10 Double slit Single slits various widths This aperture consists of five different slit widths for demonstrations of diffraction patterns Size 50 x 50 mm 3230 10 Single slits various widths Polarizing filters Unmounted can be cut with scissors Dimensions 50 x 50 mm Pair 3270 00 Polarizing filters Polarising filter Sheet of unmounted polarising filter 21 x 16 cm 3270 10 Polarising filter Diffraction gratings see page 81 3235 00 TI N N CU NIN NI SN NIN Ox IN O N N IN NN N N N N NN N A N X N NN N NAN N NY wW NA Ny NS IS gt N AN NN NN YV NS SIN IS Sw N NY M NG NIN N we AN N N NN NG NN NO NA yh sya Y Sy LL atat iis 3270 00 OPTICS TU 016 4 baa Bai oo My gy Oy My Mf yh IN MY My My N Mh Vy 3240 00 3270 10 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen ei SORNES Holograms Laser light is used to record holograms because mono chromatic coherent light is required When viewing holo grams the demands on the quality of the illumination is not so critical and holograms can be viewed and will give a 3D effect in ordinary white light An intense point source such as the sun or an intense halogen lamp are good light sources to use Another possibili
206. o perform The desired measurement type is selected via the heavy duty foil keyboard The measure ment type is indicated with LED s and the wavelength interval is shown on a 31 2 digit digital display The result of the measurement is shown on a 4 digit display The spectrophotometer is supplied with a sled with room for 4 standard cuvettes so that 3 test samples can be inserted at once along with a reference sample The instrument is supplied with 2 quartz cuvettes for the UV and 4 glass cuvettes The spectrophotometer is equip ped with an RS232 interface which makes it possible to perform measurements via a PC A special facility per mits scanning under PC control and experiments with reaction kinetics can also be performed In addition it is of course possible to record standard graphs for deter minations of concentration as well as individual measure ments of absorbance and transmittance A range of accessories are available e g a flow through cuvette and sleds designed for use with other cuvette types Peristaltic pump For titration experiments In connection with column chromatography For dosage in connection with relay control The pump works after peristaltic principles with 4 rolling steel cylinders that presses the liquid through the silico netube The motor runs with constant speed at a certain voltage so it is possible to change the speed by changing the voltage in the range 3 12 V for short periods of t
207. o study the interference phenomenon that occurs when the waves originate from two point sources moving in phase The same pattern develops when a plane wave encounters a barrier with two holes or two slits The classical double slit experi ment in optics is an example of the latter Wave interference Theory When two waves meet they interfere constructively or destructively as overlapping wave amplitudes are added together to form an interference pattern When the waves reinforce one another it is called constructive interference and when the waves cancel one another out it is called destructive interference Figure 2 shows the interference pattern from two point sources In figure 3 the directions where waves interfere constructively are shown in green while the red lines mark areas with destructive interference In case of the twin point sources the directions where waves interfere constructively can be found by the following expression mA ttt y sm 7 where 0 is the angle between the direction in question and a line perpendicular to a line through the point sour ces A is the wave length d is the distance between the sources and m is an integer called the order The diffe rent variables are illustrated on figure 3 This expression is a very good approximation as long as you don t look at the pattern in the immediate vicinity of the point sources ait LAs Te TUL bb M3 F A i
208. of 155 x 155 mm 4550 10 Magnetic field pattern Magnetic field pattern As no 4550 10 but ten turns 4550 20 Magnetic field pattern Induction coil hanging This is used along with a round magnet on the rotating bearing no 3320 10 for demonstrating inducted volta ges Because the coil windings can be pulled apart the rotatable magnet can be mounted within the coil and caused to rotate using a small motor no 2025 00 The diameter of the copper coil wire is 2 mm The length of the unstretched coil is 200 mm 4556 00 Induction coil hanging 4550 10 4550 20 Hans Christian Orsted s apparatus This apparatus is used to demonstrate the action of a cur rent bearing conductor on a compass needle The compass needle and the current bearing conductor are mounted on a transparent acrylic plastic plate with a compass dial A DC current of up to ca 3 A is connected to the apparatus via 4 mm safety jacks to the conductor This device is suitable for demonstration experiments performed on an overhead pro jector Length of the compass needle 105 mm 4557 10 H C Orsted s apparatus Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Pohl swing For demonstration of the influence of a live wire in a magnetic field Dimensions Height 270 width 100 depth 160 mm 4555 00 Pohl swing Apparatus for Laplace s law This apparatus is the force on a conductor in a magnetic field It consists
209. oints on a graph This graph may also be plotted on a printer 3867 70 Demonstration multimeter Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICITY 107 Input range Input Impedance Voltage DC 0 mV 500V 0 5 1 digit 10 Mohm Voltage AC 20 mV 500 V 10 Hz 1 KHz 1 1 digit 10 Mohm 1 Hz 2 KHz 2 2 digit 2 Hz 5 KHz 5 2 digit 5 Hz 10 KHz 10 2 digit Current DC Fuse mA 2 A Fuse A warning Current AC Fuse mA 2 A Fuse A warning Resistance 1 1 digit a Measuring current 10 mA 3 A Frequency 0 5 1 digit 1 Hz 200 KHz Temperature 0 196 1 digit Probes NiCr Ni type K Pressure 0 196 1 digit i Connector DIN 0 00 14 00 pH 0 1 1 digit gt 10 Gohm BNC 1800 mV 1800 mV IM 131410 Accessories 3868 02 i 3868 03 D 3868 04 3868 05 a a K A 5415 20 amp 3868 06 Accessories for demonstration multimeter Thermo probe type K NiCr Ni probes No Type Probe dimension Max Temp Material Time constant ae gt 3868 01 Immersion probe 150x 3mm 1200 C Highly fireproof steel 1 3 s 3868 02 Immersion probe 150x01 5 mm 1200 C Highly fireproof steel 1 5 s 3868 03 Immersion probe 197x 3mm 1200 C Highly fireproof steel 1 5 s 3868 04 Surface probe 150x04mm 500 C Highly fireproof steel 0 95 s 3868 05 Air probe 185x 6mm 250 C Highly fireproof steel 0 5 s 2606 53 Thread probe 120 cm long 200 C Highly fireproof steel
210. ole Cee ed 82 9089 60 goes omen es 688 82 3090 90 AGAM PAANAN 82 9200 00 nawasa Apa sawed 82 9202 0U on nace heme Beek aed 82 9209 00 gue eeaeeda ade pues 82 3207 00 gece eeu PAY 85 921009 aanak ad eee ened 80 SAO swatwaw enw GNG we 80 39230 00 aagmaag aani sn aeas 75 9295 00 scorse rer Aha WA 45 83 3240 00 aioe eno be mw oe 46 83 3240 10 AA 78 83 3244 00 nanaman aa haaa 81 9249 00 paaa ADA hehe 81 3245 10 exten AAH ot owe ns 81 3245 20 AA PAA AA 81 3250 00 napaanak sna ania 81 S20 O ctacun tamad totats s 81 3250 20 tage ee wee hee tose ka 81 3250 30 Kpag baha 81 39299 09 sro aa KAG a WA 81 S200 oes ota cee a 81 3200 00 2S eeetak eas dstaves 81 3270 00 3 4 ack cig ase oe ore 83 321010 sop aaa AT By ga es 83 32 200 seats kna eer aden lt 71 Ol DU ot ee Bae AA a 84 3276 10 vs cere aus Seca 84 D210 40 came manas tng 84 SALO OD paaa NGA ADA Ad 84 SPIE oe oS eee kayo eee dae a 84 3271 40 eet cana ete ais arta lt 84 32 810 nugabanGaka inteni 84 SUD E 91 3305 00 page eee owe kagawa 9 3305 01 aaah aa Dhaka 91 3305 10 paaa ah Ka ph 91 SO madaanan NaGaaga 91 3506 10 hwa FW h Eka 91 3315 00 HG cto tah tere ae oe ed 91 331010 cageeeae sie secre ea 91 COO seue kaei oon ews 93 3315 30 boa ae Be ane aed we i 92 3318 00 aaa maa nee 92 3318 10 Kamang ta ew ts 92 9919 20 ovea reee aoe 92 3320 00 ete t am ote its 91 3320 10 a Ahaha aaa dns 91 902000 naw sed ee ce cuca 93 SJOU Gann baad PAA 92 3340 00 magakaagabaabawayag a 93 3375
211. ometer supplied with a blue rubber protective case fold out stand and carrying handle The thermometer can measure temperature with an accuracy as high as 0 1 degree C A hold function is standard and a maximum value button is provided causing the highest temperature during a measuring session to be recorded Temperature range 50 0 to 1300 degrees C 58 0 to 2000 degrees F Resolution 0 1 or 1 degree C Display 3 2 digits liquid crystal display with maximum readout value of 1999 Accuracy 0 3 rdg 1 degree C 50 to 1000 deg C 0 5 rdg 1 degree C 1000 to 1300 deg C Update rate 2 5 times per second Size 147 x 70 x 39 mm 2606 10 Mass 210 g Battery 9 V IEC 6F22 SF 3510 10 Temp probe Ni Cr Ni type K se below One wire type thermocouple included 2606 10 Digital thermometer Digital thermometer type 307 As described above but with two type K thermocouple input connectors The instrument can also display tempe rature difference Two wire type thermocouples included 2606 15 Digital thermometer two inputs Thermal sensors Robust and inexpensive type K thermocouples supplied 2606 15 with flat jacks and strong spiral cord connection lead Can be used for all instruments requiring this type of thermocouple Liquid sensor stainless steel sensor size 105 mm x 3 mm diameter Measuring range 50 to 800 degrees C 2606 50 Liquid sensor Liquid sensor stainless steel sensor
212. on Physics Interference wave length and polarizing Pair of plastic ring plates To illustrate interference between circular waves One plate is 90 x 120 mm and the other is 90 x 90 mm Both have a series of circular black groo ves with increases in radius of 1 mm The centres of the circles are 8 mm from the one edge of both plates allowing them to complete ly overlap or to be displaced by as much as 75 mm while maintaining a continuous interference pattern between the 2 centres Ideally suited for overhead projection 3235 00 Pair of plastic ring plates Measurement of the wavelength of light The apparatus is designed to measure the wavelength of light by studying the interference pattern from a double slit The device contains a built in 12 V auto lamp with a holder for color filters and a millimeter scale with phosphorescent moveable markers The emitted light is viewed at a distance of about 3 meters through a doub le slit The viewer then directs a co worker to adjust the markers on the millimeter scale so that the distance between them corresponds to 10 interference maxima Afterwards the distances can be measured and the wavelength of the light can be calculated The equipment is well suited to student lab exercises Red and blue color filters and a double slit are provided Power source required 12 V AC DC 1 3 A 3240 00 Apparatus for determining the wavelength of light Double slit Mounted in a dias frame between tw
213. oped through electrolysis The apparatus consists of a clear plastic jar with two platinium electrodes with 4 mm terminals Supplied with 2 test tubes to collect the gene rated gas Supplied with a movable mm scale to measure the height of the gas volume Height 240 mm 4530 10 Voltameter 4530 10 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 124 ELECTRICITY Electrostatics 4380 10 P Rods for electrostatics 4390 20 4395 00 For producing an electrostatic charge by rubbing with fur etc 4380 00 Perspex rod 250 x 12 mm diameter 4380 10 Glass rod 225 x 10 mm diameter anon 4380 20 PVC tube 300 x 16 mm diameter 4385 00 Polystyrol 30 x 30 x 250 mm te er 4390 00 Wollen cloth 20 x 20 cm 4390 10 Silk cloth 20 x 20 cm 4390 21 Rabbit fur 20 x 10 cm app Rotation stand This holder with a rotating cradle for charged rods makes it possible to check the polarity of static electricity Base diameter 42 mm Height 95 mm Mass 45 g 4395 00 Rotating stand with base 4380 30 Brass rod with insulated handle For showing that metals can acquire a static charge an insulated handle is a must to avoid unintentional dis charge Size 250 mm x 8 mm diameter Shaft 100 x 12 mm diameter insulated shaft 4380 30 Brass rod with insulated handle 4410 00 a Electroscope For the demonstration of static potentials Available with charging ball plus a set of condenser plates with insu lated rod Ring diamet
214. or Education Physics Frederiksen 58 HEAT 0600 20 Low cost thermometer Red alcohol filling on a white scale Range 20 110 Resolution 1 1 Length 300 mm diameter 7 mm 0582 25 Low cost thermometer Thermometer prismatic Red alcohol filling Solid glass with yellow scale Range 20 110 Length 275 mm 0585 00 Thermometer prismatic Thermometer without scale Blue alcohol filling Range approx 10 110 Length 260 mm 0590 10 Thermometer without scale 0590 10 0582 25 0585 00 0590 10 0615 00 0600 10 Thermometer with plastic scale Range 40 110 Red alcohol filling Sturdy thermometers suitable for youngest classes Can be used in boiling water 0600 10 Thermometer with plastic scale Prismatic thermometer in metal housing Range 32 50 Red alcohol filling 0610 00 Prismatic thermometer in metal housing Low cost prismatic thermometer in plastic housing Range 20 50 Blue alcohol filling 0610 10 Low cost prismatic thermometer in plastic housing Thermometer for measuring soil temperature Range 10 60 Scale diameter 50 mm Stainless steel Length of spear 500 mm 0615 00 Thermometer for measuring soil temperature In door thermometer Range 35 55 Diameter 100 mm 0600 20 In door thermometer Range 35 55 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics HEAT 59 Digital thermometer type 305 A handy and robust digital therm
215. or coil no 4625 10 It is used for demonstrating the magnetic field around a coil using iron filings 4552 00 Cardboard square for coil Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E Core with armature Laminated E core with armature Crosssectional area 20 x 20 mm Suitable for the construction of a three phase transformer 4635 00 E Core with armature Galvanometer insert To build a simple galvanometer for showing induction of current The insert consists of a permanent magnet with an indi cator needle suspended in a knife edge bearing The unit is provided with a scale with zero in the middle Approp riate for use with coils no 4625 10 40 4640 00 Galvanometer insert 4635 00 4640 00 Induction Eddy current ring Used for demonstration of electromagnetic induction When a magnet is pushed inwards towards the opening of the aluminum ring an eddy current is generated and a force will apparently be exerted on the eddy current ring 4601 00 Eddy current ring i se Y Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICITY 135 Motor generator setup single phase This setup is for demonstration of one phase AC and DC generators and DC motors The setup used the profile track no 2946 35 and three sliding holders no 2946 10 This is a simple and easily understood setup where the operating principles of the AC DC generator as well as the DC motor can be shown
216. or image Young s interference Reflection and Transmission Concave mirror Polarization of the rainbow Doppler effect Parabolic mirror Polarization and colors Double slit Grid 3 Fic Weems Coke pic Herbes Name Huk theory o0 Gob bi dt oma ll Pagg im keen PA Hydrogen spectrum Waves Colors Optics and The rainbow each of which a containing a broad array of animations with the option of changing various parameters which affect the processes under study Parameters include wavelengths indices of refraction lens and prism materials angles of incident of light rays radii of curvature for lenses and much more Freeware caf KA aks GA jo Sama ale tr Both of these recommendable programs are deveoped by Carl Hemmingsen and can be downloaded FOR FREE at www datalyse dk Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Freely falling bodies Purpose The goal of this experiment is to determine the accelera tion of gravity g Experimental setup Measurements of corresponding values of fall time and height permit the determination of the acceleration of gravity using the equation Procedure The experimental setup is shown in Figure 1 Position the strike plate directly under the release mechanism Cock the release mechanism 1 Figure 2 Place the steel ball in the depression 5 between the contact plates 4 on the release mechanism Release the steel ball using the pu
217. ork with magnetic fields in the laboratory Alternative to plotting compasses when investigating the fields around magnets or coils etc 3435 00 Magnaprobe 3450 00 Round magnet with ring Circular ceramic magnet glued to a plastic plate and mounted with eye Dimension 10 mm x 20 mm Used with dynamometer to determine magnetic field force 3450 00 Round magnet with ring Pole finder for magnets Pole Finder for determination of magnetic north south LED indication 4060 40 Pole finder for magnets 4602 10 Lenz law kit Copper tube length 18 cm and two ring shaped neody mium magnets 4602 10 Lenz law kit 4602 20 Lenz Law open version For demonstrating the nature of eddy current Length 1 metre Delivered with 2 magnets and two dum mies made of stainless steel 4602 20 Lenz Law open version Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 98 MAGNETISM 4060 50 Tosiameter 4060 50 Cm 1 F p 2000 mT mi ba Probe Pasar Teslameter This simple user friendly instrument is designed to mea sure high magnetic fields e g from AINiCo magnets coils and electromagnetic experiments An auto scaling feature provides automatic switching between measu ring ranges 1 200 millitesla mT and 0 01 2 tesla T Measuring ranges 0 01 2 T 1 mT resolution 1 200 mT 0 1 mT resolution Accurancy 5 Size Magnetic field probe without holder
218. phone probe slowly into the reso nance pipe and observe the waning and waxing of the amplitude of the sound Determine the position of a number of nodes or anti nodes this way Use the results to calculate the wave length A Is there a node or an anti node at the end of the tube Was this as you expected The velocity of sound can be found when wavelength and frequency are known VSf A Compare this to the table value for dry air at temperature Te centigrade 331 3 40 606 T 4 1 dn itl B Half open pipe a ian ma Remove the microphone probe from the end cap and remove the cap completely Place the tip of the micro phone into the tube about 8 cm from the end Start again at about 1000 Hz and search for a resonan ce You may hit one near 993 Hz depending on the temperature Repeat the examination of nodes and anti nodes as in part A Compare with theory Can you determine the exact position of the node at the end of the tube Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Standing waves in an air column C Open pipe Remove the end plug with the loudspeaker and place it 2 to 3 centimeters from the end of the tube use a retort stand and a bosshead Continue with the same procedure as in part B A suitable resonance should exist near 943 Hz D Half open pipe with variable length Keep the loudspeaker in the position used in part C Insert the piston through the hol
219. pped with threaded hole for stand in base Dimensions 180 x 240 x 120 mm W x H x D 2015 60 Stroboscope 2015 50 Back panel view 2015 60 f F Front panel view AS Kk aay 2030 16 Photo video tripod This tripod is ideal for use with the Stroboscope no 2015 50 Made of black eloxated aluminium Adjust able to any desired height max 1450 mm The quick camera mount fits into the stroboscope s standard thre ad Extremely handy takes up practically no space when folded away yet very stable in use Net mass 1 750 kg 2030 16 Photo video tripod Science Equipment for Education Physics Circular motion apparatus For experiments with uniform circular motion this setup is simple and easy to use Using a small motor a weight is caused to move in a circle The mass of the weight the rotational speed and the angle the string makes with the vertical allow the confirmation of the equations of circu lar motion The set consists of a small DC motor at the end of a support rod with connection leads three diffe rent rubber balls and strings with snap locks Supplied with laboratory exercise instructions 2070 00 Circular motion apparatus 2085 00 2095 00 Pulley on steel rod Low friction pulley made of plastic 47 mm dia Mounted ona 10 mm dia fixing rod length of rod 200 mm Mass 0 14 kg 2085 00 Pulley on steel rod Pulley with clamp Pulley made of plastic 47 mm dia Supp
220. propeller of motor no 5005 00 will rotate 4885 00 Solar cell Solar cell 3 1 A on rod This solar cell is as 4885 00 but mounted on a 10 mm diameter x 95 mm supporting rod 4885 10 Solar cell 3 1 A on rod Solar cell panel 0 5 V 130 mA This panel consists of two solar cells connected in series built into a shallow plastic casing with a clear acrylic cover There are screws on the back of the unit for connecting leads to the panel Size 96 x 66 mm U max 0 5 V I max 130 mA 4885 11 Solar cell panel Halogen lamp 150 W This lamp is very suitable for use with solar cells It can be connected directly to 220 V AC Supplied with a standard support rod Base is not included 2801 00 Halogen lamp 150 W Large solar cell panel Large Solar Cell Panel containing 10 minor Solar Cells each 25 x 50 mm mounted in series on an aluminium plate Max voltage is 5V and max Current is 300 mA at 1000 W m2 Equipped with connecting cables 4885 35 Large solar cell panel Cai 4885 35 Science Equipment for Education Physics ENERGY 139 Solar cell panel 2V 4 solar cells 25 x 50 mm in series on a pertiax plate 2V 300 mA 4885 23 Solar cell panel 2V 4885 23 Mono crystalline solar cell panels Mounted in a cabinet of durable plastic and equipped with connecting cables Part no No of cells Cell Dimension Housing Voltage Max current Price each dimension 4885 15 1 20x51 mm 60x60x7 mm 0 58 V
221. put signal connection 0 20 Vpp is short circuit protected Up to 10 W of output power are available via the amplifier It is possible to demonstrate frequency modulation by connecting an external signal DC amplifier The short circuit proof 10 W power amplifier has a fre quency range from O 50 kHz The amplifier can be used to amplify signals from the function generator or from external sources The input of external signals is via BNC connectors with an impedance of 10 kQ and the output signal is acces sible via safety type banana jack connectors 3240 00 dole Compatible OW 2501 50 Frequency counter The meter is fully automatic and it can measure external frequencies from 0 1 Hz to 150 kHz Serial computer interface The instrument is supplied with a RS 232 serial com puter interface which makes it possible to perform remo te control and readout of the instrument This can be accomplished via the standard terminal program in Windows or by means of the program Datalyse 2501 50 Function Generator Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 47 Function generator DC Amplifier The function generator has a broad frequency range and a built in power amplifier The frequency range is divided into eight regions which can be adjusted and read off the adjustment knob scal
222. r lange BHI to 7000 hee FLUID AND GASSES 23 isolated from the instrument input so there is no danger of damaging the computer when working with high vol tages Since the output is controlled by a microproces sor using standard data formats connection to a com puter is straightforward 8 Graphing program available For those cases where it is desirable to plot a function versus time such as temperature during a chemical rea ction a program is available to take measurement at specific time intervals and then plot the points on a graph This graph may also be plotted on a printer 3867 70 Demonstration multimeter Pressure sensors SS The sensors are connected to the DIN connectors of these instru ments Then measurements can commence The instruments make their own identification of the sensor which is connected The sensors are supplied with a tube fitting to which plastic tubing with an internal diameter of 5 or 6 mm can be connected Low pressure sensor Measuring range 0 1300 hPa Accuracy 1 IM 1314 10 Pressure sensor High pressure sensor Measuring range 500 7000 hPa Accuracy 1 IM 1315 10 Pressure sensor Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 24 FLUID AND GASSES Barometer mini 1786 00 For the measurement of barometric pressure in millibars and millimeters of mercury with an adjustable dial to record the previous observati bk on The diameter of
223. r no 2185 00 and drive the coupled oscillators at fixed and measurable frequencies The set consist of the following parts 1969 00 Cart for Air Track 3 ea 2 ea Supplied with the Air Track 1960 10 Weight for Cart 6 ea Ik OK 2155 20 Spring Connectors 6 ea l 1972 00 1972 00 Coupled Harmonic Oscillators Air blower Extremely quiet air blower with continuously adjustable speed The air blower is designed especially for opera tion of the air tracks no 1950 00 and 1950 10 Complete with 1 7 m hose Mains supply 220 240 V AC Dimensions 280 x 250 x 210 mm Mass 5 7 kg d T 1970 50 Air blower kiTa LI ly My pah d Electronic counter A digital time counter which can be started and stopped using photocells electronic switches and pulses Well suited for use for time measurements on the air track measuring the time in free fall experiments elapsed time when objects are thrown etc It can also be used for frequency measurement and pulse counting See additi onal specifications on page 17 2002 50 2002 50 Electronic counter Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Free fall tube For demonstrating that the free fall acceleration in a vacuum is independent of weight and shape of body Consists of a acrylic plastic tube 30 x 900 mm End cover stop cock magnet steelball and paper disc 1977 00 Free fall tube 1977 00 MECHANICS 33 Falling bodies apparatus To
224. ral lamps A low cost alternative to using the spectral lamps from Osram aye Kan These lamps should be used with a special spectral lamp holder no 2830 60 as well as a control transformer no 2840 50 2836 50 Spectral lamp with E 27 tread socket sodium 2836 60 Spectral lamp with E 27 tread socket mercury 2830 50 Spectral lamp holder 2840 50 Control transformer 2840 50 2830 60 ie hae si ba a2 ang P Optical set with lightbox excl manual Very comprehensive set for teaching geometrical optics and mixing of colours The set is consisting of a light box with a 12V halogen bulb different lenses slits colour filters and mirrors Al together 24 parts 2935 00 Optical set with lightbox excl manual Spectral tube holder and power supply This holder makes the use of spectral tubes easier and safer The spectral tube is mounted from the front in the insulated holders with electrodes where the lower holder is spring loaded parallel to the tube axis naawingash The holder is provided with a power supply which can aga a CA i deliver 6 kVDC at max 2 mA to the electrodes built into GF mn C the base of the insulated holder Can be used with spectral tubes 2850 00 2851 30 and with many other types of spectral tubes Dimensions 78 x 78 x 290 mm For 220 V AC 2855 50 Spectral tube holder and power supply Science Equipment for Education Physics Spectral tubes Straight pattern capillary length app
225. re lengths of 8 6 4 3 2 1 cm 4565 00 Current balance Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 130 ELECTRICITY U Core with armature Laminated U core and armature Supplied with clamping stand Used as transformer in conjunction with coils 4590 10 60 Cross sectional area 32 x 32 mm Height incl stand 210 mm 4593 00 U Core with armature 4593 01 Armature laminated 4593 03 Armature solid Pole shoe MAAN To be mounted on U core a 4593 03 4593 00 Cross sectional a area 32 x 32 mm Provided with pilot holes Length 77 mm Nickel plated iron 4595 00 Pole shoe 4595 00 Coils Suitable for U core with armature and clamping stand Provided with 45 mm dia hole and insulated connector bushes Height of coil 81 5 mm width 70 mm No Number of Inductivity Max bh Es M3 es windings Current 4590 10 60 4590 10 6 4590 20 120 0 4 mH 10A 4590 30 300 2 8 MH 4A 4590 40 600 10 mH 2A 4590 50 1200 42 mH 1A 4590 60 12000 5 mH 0 05A Melting trough This copper melting trough is suitable for demonstrating induction heating It is provided with a wooden handle The medium can be water which will boil or lead or ordi nary solder which will melt 4596 60 Melting trough 4596 60 Spot welding tongs For demonstration of spot welding with coil and copper electrodes 4605 00 Spot welding tongs Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics
226. rements Accuracy 2 at f s d Electronic shielding up to 15 A on all ranges momenta ry up to 30 A Ranges 0 0 05 A 0 0 5 A 0 5 A AC or DC Dimensions 173 x 108 x 56 mm 3810 70 Ammeter 3810 70 Galvanometer A center zero moving coil galvanometer A push to read switch protects the galvanometer during hookup by shunting the current through an equi valent resistor Range 50 0 50 pA DC 500 0 500 pA DC 5 0 5mADC 3810 80 Dimensions 173 x 108 x 56 mm 3810 80 Galvanometer Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 106 ELECTRICITY Demonstration multimeter Manometer pH meter thermometer multimeter To maintain maximum stu dent interest in a demon stration requires student in volvement This new Demonstration Multimeter ensures student interest by allowing the stu dents no matter where they are in the class room to see the instrument readings first hand Your students no longer ha ve to just take your word for it they can see the readings themselves Designed especially for education this Demonstra tion Multimeter has eight very significant features 1 Extra large 45 mm high digits And since the digits are LEDs Light Emitting Diodes they can easily be seen from the back of the classroom up to 8 meters 2 Extra large units symbols The units symbols hPa V pH C A 2 and Hz ensuring that no student is confused as to what is being me
227. res of the discs can be observed on the opposite sides on which liquid crystal temperature indica tors marked in inter vals from 30 C to 65 C have been mounted The discs can also be placed directly on a hot body to thereby measure temperature The low heat capacity assures a very low response time and quick cooling for repeated experiments The discs can be reused again and again Supplied in a box along with an insulating acrylic support with permits handling without heating from the hands 2710 10 Heat radiation discs Heat conductivity rods The apparatus consists of four metal rods made of steel brass aluminum and copper mounted in the same plastic support Each of the rods is provided with a liquid crystal indicator for showing temperature variations up through the rod The liquid crystal shows the color green at about 40 C and this green area moves up the rod as heat is transported In this manner the different heat transport properti es of the these materials is demonstrated When the rods have cooled off they are ready for a new experiment They can be reused again and again 2692 00 Heat conductivity rods 2692 00 2725 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics HEAT 63 Specific heat apparatus The unit consists of a holder where wax plates and three ar onn metal weights with equal weight and diameter can be located The weights are made of aluminium lead and zinc
228. right dynamometer for the right purpose at hand anytime Handy foam lined box with partitions holds the entire range of dynamometers 0 1 0 2 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 Newtons The box is also excellent for safe and easy storage Box with carrying handle dimensions 33 x 27 x 5 5 cm 1039 00 Boxed set of Dynamometers 1039 10 Foam lined box only Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics MEASUREMENTS MASS AND LENGTH 9 Measurements length and volume Measuring tape plast Length 150 cm Marked in mm and cm 1400 00 Measuring tape plast Measuring tape metal Length 200 cm Marked in mm and cm Metal measu ring tape in automatic roll up housing 1400 10 Measuring tape metal Tape measure surveyor model Surveyor model length 20 m Centimeter and meter graduation Tape made of fibre glass armed nylon Box made of high impact ABS plastic Auto winding 1400 20 Tape measure Ruler Wood Length 50 cm graduated in millimeters and centimeters Horizontal reading 1405 00 Ruler 1400 20 Ruler TS Wood Length 1 m graduated in millimeters and centi meters Horizontal reading 1405 10 Ruler 1405 00 1405 10 PANANONG a m y ay PI onli yy Pag a eee ga il 1428 00 Measuring wheel The measuring wheel is supplied with a handle and each rotation is accompanied by a click representing 1 meter Marked in 2 cm and 10 cm intervals 1428 00 Measuring wheel
229. rmi nals 72 x 143 mm 4145 00 Knife switch Push button Mounted on a plastic base with two 4 mm safety terminals 72 x 112 mm 4150 00 Push button 4150 00 Lamp holder E 14 Mounted on a plastic base with two 4mm sockets 72 x 143 mm 4125 00 Lamp holder E 14 Lamp holder E 27 ES Mounted on a plastic base with two insulated 4 mm sockets 70 x 140 mm L amps 4130 00 Lamp holder E 27 ES No Voltage current Socket Units 1255 20 package 4250 05 1 Ko V 0 09 A E1 0 1 0 4250 05 4250 40 4250 10 2 5 V 0 3 A E10 10 4250 15 3 5 V 0 2 A E10 10 4250 20 4 V 0 3 A E10 10 4250 25 6V 0 05 A E10 10 4250 30 6V 0 1 A E10 10 4250 35 6V 0 5 A E10 10 4250 40 6V 1A E10 10 4250 45 12 V 0 25 A E10 10 4250 50 24 V 0 2 A E10 10 4280 00 4255 20 6V 5A E14 4280 00 12 V 15 W pivot clear Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 114 ELECTRICITY Resistors nit Resistor holder Two lines of screw terminals are mounted on a plate and supplied with 4 safety terminals They are used for mounting resistors to provide combinations of resistan ce values Size 72 x 143 mm 4160 00 Resistor holder on plate Electrical resistance Resistance wire wound on ceramic poles and mounted on a plastic base with two 4 mm safety terminals 12 x 112 mm No Resistance Watt 4205 05 1Q 40 W 4205 10 2 Q 40 W 4205 15 3 Q 40 W 4205 20 4 Q 40 W 4205 25 5 Q 40 W 4205 30 10 Q 40 W 4205 35 51 Q 9 W 420
230. roximately 70 mm Fitted with a 6 5 mm diameter contact caps at each end For observing line and band spectra from various nobel and diatomic gasses For mounting inside spectral tube holder 2855 50 page 67 2850 00 Spectral tube Ne 2850 10 Spectral tube Hg 2850 20 Spectral tube Hz 2850 30 Spectral tube He 2850 40 Spectral tube Ar 2850 50 Spectral tube O 2850 60 Spectral tube Kr 2850 70 Spectral tube Nz 2851 10 Spectral tube H O 2851 20 Spectral tube CO 2851 30 Spectral tube Xe Halogen lamp 150 W Suitable for solar cell experiments For 220V AC Supplied with steel rod 2801 00 Halogen lamp 2801 00 2850 00 70 2851 10 30 Uittra Violet Lamp il 5 a a EF ana Cf 2871 00 UVA lamp This UVA lamp emits both spectral light 4 lines from the mercury spectrum and a band of UV light in the range from 350 nm to 400 nm The UV lamp is supplied with an ordinary power plug for direct connection to mains power Dimensions 190 x 75 x 75 mm 2871 00 UVA lamp Science Equipment for Education Physics OPTICS 69 Lamp holder E 27 ES Mounted on a 10 mm dia meter rod supplied with cable and 220 V plug Base is not included 4130 10 Lamp holder E 27 ES 4130 10 2820 00 2820 10 Candle holder on support stand This candle holder is useful in experiments with image formation using convex lenses The stand is supplied with a moveable candle holder so that the candle
231. s an adjustable mirror so that the device can produce two parallel laser beams This can be used to compare two optical paths e g in connection with experiments with the speed of light 2888 10 Beam splitter Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 2m OPTICS Optical bench 2946 00 Optical bench A stable optical bench offering a convenient way of car rying out optical experiments as well as different experi ments with radioactive sources e g no 5100 00 The bench is made of black anodized aluminium and equipped with ruler on the side Supplied with the following standard equipment 2 sli ding saddles no 2946 20 with 10 mm diameter hole for fixing various equipment 1 sliding saddle no 2946 20 for optical disc and 10 mm diameter hole 2 feet with rubber pads and levelling screws no 2946 30 Total length 100 cm Cross section 26 x 82 mm 2946 00 Optical bench Sliding saddle For optical bench 2946 00 For fixing of optical equip ment with max 10 mm diameter fixing rod Dimensions 35 x 50 x 84 mm Made of black anodized aluminium with thumb screw and measuring line 2946 10 Sliding saddle Sliding saddle As no 2946 00 however with slits for optical disc 2946 20 Sliding saddle Base for optical bench Base with rubber pads and two levelling screws in black anodized aluminium Dimensions Length 125 mm Height 50 mm Width 25 mm 2946 30 Base for optical bench Ex
232. s constant 5060 00 Bridge with hidden obstacles to demonstrate Ruther ford s experiment with Alfa rays on a gold film For the demonstration 100 steel Balls 1997 80 is requi red not included 5155 00 Bridge for Rutherford s experiment Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY 155 Electrophoresis apparatus New electrophoresis apparatus with the possibility of water cooling to increase the speed of the experiment The electrophoresis apparatus is made of acrylic plastic The apparatus is provided with three support pads and a level for the adjustment of the apparatus The lid of the apparatus has been constructed in such a way that it is not possible to touch the high voltage parts while the apparatus is in use The connecting cables are supplied with safety jacks The electrophoresis apparatus is supplied with a tray and two combs with 4 mm and 8 mm teeth respectively for casting gels When the gel is to be cast the edges of the tray are folded up and a comb is placed at the place desired When the gel is ready for use the comb is removed and the edges are pressed down The tray with the gel is 5441 01 placed on the block in the middle of the electrophoresis apparatus There are two electrode chambers for the buffer solution a platinum electrode is present in each chamber Between the chambers there is a container for the gel under the glass plate of
233. s for more accurate determinations of half lives etc The GM Detector hous ing is supplied with a protective cover as well as a protective grid in front of the window Alpha beta and gamma radiation can be detected but not alpha due to the window thickness The unit has a BNC connector 5125 25 GM detector extra sensitive with BNC connector S2523 GM detector extra sensitive This extra sensitive GM Detector connects directly to the digital input of a interface via a 6 3 mm jack It can also be connected directly to counter type no 2002 50 The GM Detector has a built in high voltage supply and re quires only a 5 V DC supply The tube has an extra large window with an effective diameter of 27 8 mm This makes the tube particularly well suited for measure ments of low activity sources The large window provides more counts and thus improves counting statistics for more accurate determinations of half lives etc The GM Detector housing is supplied with a protective cover as well as a protective grid in front of the window Alpha beta and gamma radiation can be detected 5135 65 e 5135 65 GM detector extra sensitive Technical data for 5125 05 and 5135 70 Technical data for 5125 25 and 5125 65 Self contained GM tube halogen gas filled with mica window Self contained GM tube halogen gas filled with mica window Recommended bias voltage 500 V Recommended bias voltage 575 V Window area 78 mm Window area 607 mm W
234. s of water are put in the dish Some of the water remains liquid even though the boiling point of water is exceeded The liquid forms a small sphere which moves about on a pillow of steam The experiment demonstra tes the poor conductivity of steam and also the high sur face tension of water The dish diameter is 56 mm and it is 6 mm high Mass 85 grams 2635 00 Leidenfrost dish bh 2635 00 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Optics Student reuter lamp This simple high intensity light is very suitable for expe riments with lenses prisms and optical gratings The lig ht source itself is a small long filament lamp with the filament aligned with the supporting rod making it easy to position on an optical bench The long narrow fila ment is ideal for performing experiments with lens opti cs and gratings The lamp housing is supplied with a cooling fan which keeps the housing cool enough to tou ch even though the lamp is rated at 15 watts of electri cal power 2800 30 Student reuter lamp Experiment lamp This lamp emits a bright straight beam of light which is ideal for many types of experiments and demonstrations Both focus adjustment and the hori zontal placement of the lamp socket within the lamp housing can be done by displacing or turning the handle at the back of the lamp The Reuter Lamp is supplied with a bayonet socket for standard clear incande scent 12 V 35 W lamps it
235. s on A green LED near the photocell indicates when the receiver is illuminated The photocell unit is provided with two 6 pole DIN connectors for connection to the electronic counter no 2002 50 or 2002 60 and serial connection to additional photocell units when signals are to be sent to the same input connection on the counter The unit is manufactured in rugged plastic with threads for horizon tal or vertical mounting using the 10 mm diameter mounting rod provided A connector cable for the electronic coun ter is also provided The max imum distance between the photocell and the light source is 90 mm Dimensions B x H x D 160 x 120 x 28 mm Mass 450 g 1975 50 Photocell unit including cable and 1975 50 mounting rod Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 16 MEASUREMENTS TIME Free fall apparatus This apparatus is designed to be used with an Electronic Counter to determine the fall time for a freely falling ste el ball The apparatus consists of a release mechanism which also acts as the start switch a strike plate which acts as the stop switch and gold plated steel balls The release mechanism is provided with two dia 4 mm bana na plug connectors for connecting safety dia 4 mm banana plug leads to the Counter start switch input A 10 mm diameter mounting rod for supporting the mecha nism on a lab stand is supplied The strike plate is also provided with two dia 4 mm banana plug co
236. se NN Science Equipment for Education Physics OPTICS T71 4895 50 1420 70 Laser pointer Easy to use pencil sized diode laser pointer Run on bat teries Works well when experimenting with refraction of light in various materials Wavelength 670 nm Power lt 1 mW class Il Beamdivergence v 22m Diameter lt 27 mm 1420 70 Laser pointer Photo detector This photo detector is equipped with a photo gate that transforms the laser beam to electric current that can be used to power the built in speaker and measured at the analog or digital output bushing The photo detector can be used for demonstrating communication by laser or fiber optics or demonstration of interference Max frequ ency 1 MHZ 4895 50 Photo detector 4895 50 Holder for optical fiber for photo detector Fits the photo detector 4885 50 For adding optical fibre 2887 00 4885 51 Holder for optical fiber for photo detector 3272 00 Laser diffraction kit This kit comprises 18 slides which allow performance and demonstration of e g Fraunhofer Diffraction Fresnel Diffraction a number of other diffraction expe riments to explore the topic of holograms and many other experiments The slides are labelled and comes in a storage box complete with an inventory list and brief experiment notes 3272 00 Laser Diffraction Kit Beam splitter A semitransparent mirror is mounted in a robust housing The reflected laser beam strike
237. seek oe t 52 21 GOO wren te tog ee te eed 55 2180 00 za tawa kw ke 54 Fal aa AR ae ae re 54 21000 a maka BEA WA 42 ATO O E 43 2100 20 ecdacdadceudcduas 43 AO ioaiten raaa 43 2189 90 PABABA 43 2 0020 oaceae ei a 43 2100 0 cuneta dammam 44 2185 60 2624 Paa kee cee ee 4AA 2202 90 sire ier a T 32 2210 50 PAPA 42 2211 00 see reaire nnd aana 40 2212 00 sae sae ere eae ee 56 2A WO ies ee Sees cee ee 56 2220 00 naaus So ey esa tee oe 53 2220 00 wig ce aed te we bin aka 53 22000 naag pawan ca 53 220009 60 2 gence eu ges ews 53 2230 10 ate aaa eatin aa 53 2209000 aanagkaahamdaaway 53 2240 00 oe waves bees aes 53 AD Higa aaa depres vex 53 2D LY maa maa ote hee eet 53 2490 00 oc tee RA meses 53 PMD Os oe Os ee hee eee tee 52 240S xha kak kk coun es 56 CAD bay AN NAA 49 2400 10 pada kd tam naaa s 49 2482 00 seein ka KG a 16 51 2405 10 oi Paas WEEK 16 50 SAO ND za kaaa aNG ame 50 2500 50 AA ieee eee s 47 2501 50 tee ae ete eekees 46 47 2909 00 sieeve a KA 50 2010 50 aan Aa ee gana ak 50 POON chen kaakamAaMNANG 38 BONO PR et ees bes 49 2919 60 zuma an Bees e oe 49 87 2020 20 secre vekaudseeade 52 2920 90 cua teen eects 52 2606 10 2244 pana ued pwee 59 2000 9 a csc see eee ee KENA 59 2006 50 prarain iur cane ee 59 2000 51 y ccocacewexdiaaans 59 2606 52 AP 59 2606 53 babaan ELENA 59 107 2000 00 5 kawa eea scans 64 2048 00 eaea ni ewe a 60 2649 00 hane mam CLA 60 205900 y na ere ce eug KA KA 60 2099 10 cat ao
238. sh button 3 The timer starts When the steel ball hits the strike plate the timer stops The fall height s is measured using a ruler as the distance from the lower edge of the ball when ready for release to the upper surface of the strike plate Parallax error can be avoided by using the mirror pro vided The experiment should be repeated using various values of the fall height and corresponding values of height and time should be noted e g by typing them directly into an Excel spreadsheet It is then a simple matter to compute values of the acceleration of gravity EXPERIMENTS E 101 Release Mechanism In order to ensure as good an electrical contact as pos sible the contact plates and the steel ball are gold plated and they should be kept perfectly clean They can be cleaned using an organic solvent such as alcohol Thin cotton gloves can be used to avoid problems due to sweat from fingers and hands Required Equipment 1980 10 Free Fall Apparatus 2002 60 Student timer or equiv Retort stand and cables 1 pcs 1 pcs Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 102 EXPERIMENTS Purpose To measure the speed of sound in air Experimental setup Knowing the distance between two microphones and the time required for a sound wave to pass from one to the other the propagation speed of sound can be found using the equation The speed of sound in dry air is actuall
239. stic oscillations Product no Diameter Length Spring contant 2155 10 11 mm 32 mm ca 8 4 N m 2155 20 11 mm 74 mm ca 3 2 N m 2155 30 11 mm 115 mm ca 2 1 N m 2155 40 31 mm 33 mm ca 5 0 N m 2155 50 27 mm 155 mm ca 4 7 N m 2155 10 2155 50 Spiral springs Spiral spring Slinky Is used for demonstration of longitudinal vibrations Length 150 mm Diameter 75 mm 2155 70 Spiral spring Slinky 2155 70 Spiral spring 2 meter The spring is used for demonstrations of transverse oscillations and for producing standing waves Length unloaded 200 cm Diameter 10 mm 2155 60 Spiral spring 2 meters 2177 10 Slot weights with holder The weights are manufactured of brass with engraved mass and a centre hole which retains the weights so that they do not fall off the holder The set contains 1 ea 50 g 9 ea 20 g 1 ea 10 g and 2 ea 5g 2177 10 Slot weights with holder Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 56 WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND Wave machine The apparatus is used for demonstrating longitudinal and transverse oscillations It is supplied with a drive shaft with a crank which acts on a number of vertical rods as it rotates Each rod has a white dot marking at the top The last eight rods are supplied with an angular extension which makes it possible to observe corresponding longi tudinal and transverse waves A 360 degree scale is moun ted by the hand swing so t
240. straightforward information backed by experience Development and production High quality user friendly design and peda gogical value for students are keywords guiding our product development group At the same time we do our best to optimise design for producing equipment for you at the most competitive prices Our highly qualified well trained staff keep up to date on the newest production techniques so that our production department can make maximum use of modern technology Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics New Frederiksen WEB page www frederiksen eu We have recently launched our new WEB page www frederiksen eu It is active in full extent in Danish language and we are working on a new English version also In the near future you will find interesting news about Frederiksen and our products here Frederiksen gt BA 2S oe n Wak 4 NG el oti im ih mig ents E i indhaldst af netrat frugt PP et Pw eh edly o P Macherey Nagels hperunesede er a aa ene Forblet fends luft canon skyder a hele ita Bbw nig HNDE Timeig i am Fy haere j redenksean Export Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 4 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Laboratory equipment 0001 00 Retort stand base A shape cast iron with stoved enamel finish Length of feet 200 mm with 10 mm dia hole and fixing screw for retort stand rods dia 10
241. t 250 mm 1785 10 Bell jar with knob Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics 1810 10 FLUID AND GASSES 25 1805 00 Plastic cylinder with Piston For demonstration of the relation between volume and pressure at constant temperature Boyle Mariotte The cylinder is graduated and provided with a 1 cm piston as well as strap and hook allowing it to be acted on by a dynamometer 1810 00 Plastic cylinder with Piston 1 cm 1810 10 Plastic cylinder with Piston 2 cm 1876 05 Boyle Mariotte apparatus This device is used to demonstrate the connection be tween pressure and volume at constant temperature The apparatus consists of a graduated cylinder with a piston The cylinder acts upon a manometer via a narrow passage The cylinder is supplied with a screw valve The manometer diameter is 100 mm The length of the apparatus is 350 mm 1805 00 Boyle Mariotte apparatus Wind speed meter digital This electronic wind speed meter meter has an easily readable digital display The instrument can display wind speeds directly in km hour m s knots or feet minute The anemometer itself is mounted with low friction ball bearings inside a protective housing A 110 cm long cab le connects the anemometer unit with the readout unit where the wind speed can be read directly in the units selected The wind speed data is updated 2 5 times per second Anemometer operation is independent of orien tat
242. t for zeroing a 28 cm long indicator needle with scale loose 120 mm diameter weighing pans and a plate for buoyancy experiments The sensitivity of the balance is 50 mg Height 35 cm Depth 20 cm Width 40 cm 0916 00 Balance with support stand 0916 00 Digital scale For quick weight measurements indoors or out Weig hing range 0 2 kg accuracy 0 1 kg 1 g 1 2 kg 2 g Bat tery powered with an automatic power down feature The weight is supplied with a 135 x 135 mm weighing plate Solidly built and suitable for use out of doors Zeroing possible in the entire weighing range The weight is supplied without a battery use 1 ea 3510 10 1028 07 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen MEASUREMENTS MASS AND LENGTH 11 Balance masses set Set comprising 16 masses from 10 mg to 50 g Supplied complete in a plastic box incl Nikkelplated forceps 0955 30 Balance masses set 0955 30 Digital scale Weighing range 0 200 g with 0 1 g accuracy Automatic power down Battery powered Batteries included 1028 15 Digital scale 1028 15 12 MEASUREMENTS MASS AND LENGTH Specific gravity Specific gravity cubes Dimensions 10 x 10 x 10 mm For illustration of the specific gravity of different materials The set comprises of six different materials Al Fe Zn Cu Pb and wood Supplied in a plastic box 1500 00 Specific gravity cubes Specific gravity cylinders 6 dif
243. t intensity values to an electrical sig nal The signal can be directed to the built in loudspeaker or be used for measurements via the analog and digital output connections The photodetector can be used for demonstrating communication over a laser beam fiber optic communication plotting of interference patterns etc The maximum frequency is 1 MHz 4895 50 Photodetector Science Equipment for Education Physics WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 45 HE NE LASER FOR INTERFERENCE EXPERIMENTS HE NE LASER 1 MW Safety filter and shutter He Ne laser modulated 1 mw Laser like the 2885 00 but with the option of modulating the light beam The laser is provided with a BNC connector for connection to a signal genera tor CD player or similar signal source The light beam intensity will then vary with the applied signal Well suit ed for demonstration of optical communication using photodetector no 4895 50 Maximum modulation frequency 1 MHz 2885 20 He Ne laser modulated 1 mW Inteference pattern model for overhead projector The set consists of two transparent plastic plates with printed wave front patterns for point sources on each plate If the plates are placed on top of one another and slightly displaced an interference pattern will appear The pattern can readily be projected onto a large viewing screen using an over head projector 3235 00 Inteference pattern set oe Aw W N IN NN NIN
244. ted on a needle bearing like a mill wheel Differential heating cau ses the little mill wheel to rotate when exposed to radiation Sphere diame ter 70 mm Stand dia meter 60 mm Height 210 mm Mass 62 g 2695 00 Radiometer Radiometer double As item no 2695 00 but with two glass spheres on top of one another with mill wheels designed to rotate in opposite directions Sphere and stand diameters 70 mm Height 290 mm Mass 105 g 2695 10 Radiometer double Heat radiation plate The plate is used to demonstrate the importance of the surface properties for heat radiation The steel plate has one size blank metal and the other side painted black It is mounted on a nickel plated shaft with a wooden hand le The plate is first heated then the metal plate is held close to your cheek first one side then the other A heat radiation detector item no 2872 81 can also be used page 62 The plate size is 175 x 175 mm with a thickness of 1 mm Length 370 mm Mass 370 g 2700 00 Heat radiation plate 2700 00 Cylinders Specific heat capacity specimens set of three metal cylinders made of lead brass and aluminium Weights respectively 200 g 200 g and 100 g Diameter 25 mm 2725 00 Cylinders Heat radiation dISCS Four thin aluminum discs anodized on one size with flat black glossy black flat silver and glossy silver finish are supplied These four surfaces absorb heat differently The temperatu
245. tension section for optical bench Black anodized extension section for the optical bench no 2946 00 Equipped with a ruler Length 600 mm 2946 40 Extension section for optical bench 2946 45 2946 40 2946 10 2946 20 2946 30 2946 50 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics Extension section for optical bench 1000 mm Like 2946 40 but length 1000 mm Weight 2 2 kg 2946 45 Extension section for optical bench 1000 mm Extension section for optical bench 2000 mm Like 2946 40 but length 2000 mm Weight 4 4 kg 2946 46 Extension section for optical bench 2000 mm OPTICS T T73 Joint Link for optical bench Joint link in black anodized aluminium with graduation for coupling of the optical bench to the extension section 2946 50 Joint link for optical bench Profiled rail w o sliding saddle Profiled rail designed for mounting and aligning equipment relative to each other To be used with one or more sliding saddles no 2946 00 with 10 mm diameter hole and thumb screws Length 370 mm 2946 35 Profiled rail w o sliding saddle 2946 35 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen TAW OPTICS Lenses prisms and diaphragms Lenses in holder For use in conjunction with the optical bench Lens dia 2950 10 40 meter 50 mm Mounted in rectangular plastic plate 100 x 100 mm with 10 mm fixing rod and printed focal distance 2950 10 Lens in holder 300 mm 2950 20
246. ter They are made of impact resistant plastic and provided with threads for vertical or horizontal mounting with the 10 mm diameter mounting rod also supplied Supplied with a connection cable to the electro nic counter Maximum distance bet ween the photocell and the LED 90 mm Width 160 mm height 120 mm thickness 28 mm Mass 450 g 1975 50 Photocell unit incl cable and mounting rod 197550 Photocell unit Used for timing on the air track The unit is made espe cially for mounting on air track no 1950 10 Provided with slide indicator and plugs for 2002 50 1975 15 Photocell unit M97515 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 32 MECHANICS Air switch 1968 00 1972 00 To be placed between air hose and air l track in order to switch off the air supply 1967 00 Air switch EENEN AT REERUEEE PERE JEEE E Adjustable 1967 00 endstop Made of anodized aluminium with 4 mm diameter hole for plug in units 1969 00 _ 1968 00 Adjustable endstop Protective cover for air track Protective cover made of soft plastic with rim of lead 1969 00 Protective cover Coupled harmonic oscillators You can link up to five Air Track Carts together for the study of harmonic of coupled harmonic motion or you can use a Single cart with one or more springs for a detailed quantitive study of simple harmonic motion Additional you can use Electromechanical Vibrato
247. the barometer is only 67 5 mm which makes it possible to put it inside the Glass with tube connector pro duct 1786 00 to simulate over and under pres sures in the glass container The barometer can be calibrated using an adjustment screw 1771 00 Mini barometer 477100 Student bell jar This bell jar provides a vacuum chamber for students to perform many experiments Watching a balloon expand Warm water boil as air is pum ped from the chamber Observing that a suction cup no longer sticks when the jar is evacuated Hand Powered Vacuum Pump no 0715 00 or a 100 ml plastic syringe and valves can be used for evacuating the Jar To measure the pressure in the Student Bell Jar no 1771 00 Barometer can be used since it fits into the Bell Jar 1786 00 Student bell jar 1780 00 Air pump plate This plate is used with a bell jar for demonstration expe riments involving low pressure The plate is made of PVC and supplied with rubber feet There is a vacuum con nection fitting with a valve and a thumb screw for the return air Two standard 4 mm jack connectors are pro vided with 4 mm jack connections available inside the jar Tube fitting diameter 10 mm Plate diameter 235 mm height 40 mm mass 1 3 kg 1780 00 Air pump plate Bell jar with knob a a Used in conjunction with pump plate no 1780 00 for the 1785 10 ta production of vacuum Arranged in heavy glass with ground flange Diameter 180 mm heigh
248. this case the equ ation for the period is T 2pv where T is the period is the length of the pen dulum and g is the acceleration due to gravity 2182 10 Mathematical pendulum with support ede fi cE nia Science Equipment for Education Physics 2155 40 2155 50 2160 00 2160 10 e 2165 00 2177 00 Steel ball with eyelet Well suited for use as a pendulum bob Manufactured from polished hardened steel with an aluminum eyelet 2160 00 Steel ball with eyelet dia 28 mm 96 g 2160 10 Steel ball with eyelet dia 20 mm 33 g Pendulum bob Weights for experiments with pendulum oscillations determinations of periods and frequencies of oscillation energy conservation experiments etc Dimensions 18 mm diameter overall length 43 mm The weight can be supplied in brass or aluminum with the same physical dimensions but with different masses 2165 00 Pendulum bob brass 2165 10 Pendulum bob aluminum Slot weights with holder These weights are used for loading of springs or as pen dulum weights where mass changes are to be studied 25 grams at a time The weights are manufactured of nickel plated brass with a slot and a centre hole which retains the weights so that they do not fall off the holder Supplied with three weights of 50 g and one weight of 25 g Overall weight including holder 200 g 2177 00 Slot Weights with holder WAVES VIBRATIONS AND SOUND 55 Spiral springs for experiments with ela
249. tructed so that the GM tube used to measure the activity will be completely surrounded by KCI without coming in direct contact with the material This geometry ensures good counting statistics A 52 kBq Contents 325 g 5113 00 Potassium chloride in plastic container with special lid 5113 00 Dices For simulation of radioactive decay 100 pieces 5952 00 Dices 146 RADIOACTIVITY ATOMIC PHYSICS Geiger Muller tubes GM Detector This GM tube is mounted in a housing and supplied with a 6 3 mm male jack compatible with interface or counter 5135 70 type 2002 50 The GM detector unit has its own high vol tage supply so that only a standard 5 V DC external power source is required The housing is provided with a protective cover The unit can detect alpha beta and gamma radiation 5135 70 GM Detector GM detector BNC connector The GM tube is mounted in a housing and suppled with a 10 mm diameter support rod Supplied with a protec tive cover This unit has a BNC connector compatible with GM counter 5135 30 or 5135 35 and it can detect alpha beta and gamma radiation 5125 15 5125 15 GM detector BNC connector GM detector extra sensitive with BNC connector This extra sensitive GM Detector has an extra large window with an effective diameter of 27 8 mm This makes the Detector well suited for measuring low activi ty sources The large window provides more counts and thus improves counting statistic
250. two electrodes It can also be used for experiments with fuel cells It can be used with round electrodes mounted in rubber stoppers with a centerhole 0435 210 and electrode connectors 4513 00 The U tube is supplied with hose connectors and glass valves Size Internal diameter of the U tube 20 mm Center distance between branches ca 62 mm Overall height of U tube 170 mm External hose connector diameter ca 8 mm Supplied without electrodes 4520 00 U tube with salt bridge Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics ELECTRICITY 123 Student gas voltameter For students experiments Embedded platinium ele ctrodes with terminal bushes for 4 mm plugs The gas 4530 00 is collected in the two miniature test tubes included Made of acid proof plastic 4530 00 Student gas voltameter Electrolysis container lid This item is used along with the electrolysis container item no 4530 00 as a hydrogen supply for fuel cell no 4528 50 The lid is provided with two plastic tubes which are placed above the pla tinum electrodes of the electrolysis container so that hydrogen and oxygen can be supplied to the fuel cell The lid is provided with a silicone O ring to ensure a stable and tight connecti on between the lid and the container Supplied with 60 cm long silicone tubing 4530 05 Electrolysis container lid 4530 05 Voltameter For the demonstration of the gas quantity devel
251. ty is to use light from a slide projector or over head projector The distance from an artificial light sour ce should be about 2 3 meters The holograms listed below are reflection types Holograms in plasticframe Protected against scratching Hologram dimension 12 x 9 5 cm Frame 14 x 14 cm Supplied with O 10 mm diameter fixing rod Hologram IR tum Jira 0 3275 00 3275 00 Hologram in plasticframe Holograms 5 5 x 5 5 cm 3276 10 Hologram Expo 3276 40 Hologram Frog 3276 60 Hologram Coin Holograms 10 x 13 cm 3277 30 Hologram Mouse 3277 40 Hologram Die Hologram 24 4 x 21 cm 3278 10 Hologram Kingfisher 3276 10 Frederiksen Science Equipment for Education Physics OPTICS Si Apparatus for the study of light energy With this apparatus one can measure how much of the effect supplied to a filament lamp is converted into light and heat The apparatus consists of a container with a built in filament lamp and a resistor of the same value as the lamp The container is filled with water and the temperature increases when the filament lamp is switched on the resistance of both the lamp and the resistor can be mea sured Dimensions Height 120 mm diameter 70 mm 3207 00 Apparatus for the study of light energy Zinc sulfide screen This phosphorescent screen will exhibit light emission some time after is has been illuminated This effect depends upon the light source which also contains
252. types of irradiated seeds can be supplied barley wheat rapeseed flax and yellow mustard The seeds are supplied in sets with 6 different radiation dosages O kilorad 10 kilorad 40 kilorad 80 kilorad and 160 kilorad with about 40 seeds for each dosage The gamma irradiated seeds are not radioacti ve so the experiments with them are completely safe The seeds are sown in short rows in a planting box e g no 0520 30 The material is placed in a bright window sill to germinate The plants should begin to sprout within 7 to 12 days depending upon the seed type and the temperature The height of the plant corresponding to each radiation dose can be measured and compared The effect of different radiation doses on plant growth can also be studied Supplied with instructions 7791 10 6 x 40 Barley seeds 7791 11 6 x 40 Wheat seeds 7791 12 6 x 40 Rape seeds 7791 13 6 x 40 Flax seeds 7791 14 6 x 40 Yellow mustard seeds 7791 20 Set with all 5 seed types This experiment shows A The effect of increasing radiation doses on plants B That radiation is more harmful to some plants than to others Radioactive source Americium 241 3 7 kBq For use with diffusion cloud chamber no 5120 00 5105 05 Radioactive source 5105 10 Holder for 5105 05 5105 05 Snowpack apparatus for making dry ice Connect the Snowpack to a siphon type CO cylinder and proceed in accordance with the instructions An injection time of 1 min is
253. uation is as follows nea SN d where d is the grating spacing is the deviation angle n is the order of the diffraction maximum with respect to the center of the pattern and A is the wavelength of the light from the laser To determine the position of the O th order maximum make a mark on the screen where the laser beam strikes without a grating in the beam The deviation angle can also be calculated through geo metry allowing us to test the grating equation The angle 0 can be found from the equation tan a L whe re the distances a and L can be seen in the figure 1 For small angles tan a L so the grating equation can be rewritten in simpler form for younger pupils aL n A L cl Fig 1 The optical diffraction grating Fig 2 Procedure iP 2 The optical grating model is assembled as indicated in the user s manual Wind the nylon thread around the posts to form the grating It is important that the nylon string be stretched tightly as it is wound Send laser light e g from a diodelaser or a helium neon laser perpendicular to the plane of the gra ting The diffraction pattern can be observed on a screen or wall some 5 or 6 meters away The greater the distance between the grating and the viewing sur face the larger and more visible the diffraction pattern becomes Measure the distance L from the grating to the screen and the distance a between the O th order and the sele
254. ul for the investigation of the emission from the sun from halogen lamps from solarium lamps etc and the investigation of how UVA intensity changes with distan ce The measurement of light with the wavelength 370 nm 5 nm only is ensured by a narrow band filter Provided with 5 pole DIN connector Requires a 5 VDC power supply Dimensions diameter 24 x 99 mm 2872 00 UVA sensor directional UVA sensor table model For the same uses as no 2872 00 but designed as a table model Supplied with a teflon diffuser to detect light from all directions Dimensions Height 50 mm Diameter 60 mm 2872 01 UVA sensor table model UVB sensor table model This sensor has been designed to follow the CIE respon se curve for reddening of the skin erythemal response curve in the UVB spectral region The sensor is therefore suitable for measuring the UVB dose and subsequent evaluation of the risk of skin can cer after exposure to UVB radiation The sun is a very powerfull UV source and the sensor is well suited for experiments measuring UVB from the sun and the effect of UV protection from sunglasses suntan lotion glass and so on Supplied with a teflon diffuser to detect light from all directions The sensitive region is 280 315 nm Dimensions Height 50 mm Diameter 60 mm 2872 61 UVB sensor table model Infra red IR sensor see page 64 UVA accessories UVA accessories consisting of standard glass plate fluores
255. ure For a Sr Y 90 source you should vary the angle 0 from about 45 to 135 in 5 steps For each angle count in 60 or 100 seconds Remember to do a background count with the beta source removed Plot the corrected counts versus angle If you want to compare the result with textbook graphs you must scale the individual counts appropriately to correct for the fact that this measurement is per angle interval while the graph should actually be drawn per energy interval More info can be found in the manual for the apparatus Required Equipment 5141 05 Deflection of beta particles 1 00 Pcs 5125 15 GM detector 1 00 Pcs 5135 3x GM counter 1 00 Pcs or 5135 70 GM detector and 2002 50 counter 5100 02 Beta source 1010 Pcs Please see page 149 for source equipment options Energy versus angle typical E 8 keV T T T 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 YO 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen E 1004 EXPERIMENTS Purpose This experiment permits a simple determination of Plan ck s constant using the turn on voltage of light emitting diodes LEDs Theory Various types of semiconductors have different band gap energies Eg As electrons pass the pn junction some will recombine with holes and emit a photon of energy h f Eg where f is the frequency of the light and h is Planck s constant Expressed in terms of wavelength A Lg pr A Th
256. use on a pump plate and flange on top for atta ching a rubber membrane Including Rubber Membrane 1730 00 Air pressure demonstration jar Rubber membrane Dimension 220 x 220 x 0 2 mm 1625 10 Rubber membrane Collapsible metal can To demonstrate the pressure of the atmosphere 1732 00 Collapsible metal can Hydraulic press The device consists of two glass syringes of 2 and 20 ml They are connected with a short PVC tube Pressing one cylinder causes the other to move The distances which the cylinders move are inversely proportional to the area ratios 1650 00 Hydraulic press 1650 00 erikse NN Science Equipment for Education Physics FLUID AND GASSES 21 Pelton turbine with generator Assembled operational model which by means of water or air jets is capable of producing electricity to light a fila ment lamp Turbine housing of plexiglass Turbine wheel of black plastic As generator is used an ordinary 6 V AC bicycle dynamo Turbine housing H 195 mm W 170 mm D 100 mm 1705 00 Pelton turbine with generator 1660 00 Cartesian devil Used to demonstrate liquid pressure Hollow glass figure height ca 45 mm 1660 00 Cartesian devil 1735 00 1705 00 Magdeburg hemispheres For demonstration of the pressure exer ted by the atmosphere Made of chrome plated brass with rubber gasket Provi ded with venting screw and connector with non return valve Diameter 110 mm mass 711 g 1735 00 Ma
257. very suitable for measurements of sound interference It is supplied with a one meter cable with a 3 pole DIN connector which can be connected directly to the elec tronic counter type 2002 50 or student timer 2006 60 The microphone can be connected to an oscilloscope or other measuring instrument via type 2515 60 power supply The frequency range is 20 20 000 Hz Supplied with 10 mm diameter support rod Dimensions Length 105 mm greatest diameter 30 mm 2485 10 Microphone without stand Microphone model carbon box The apparatus is for demonstrating the operation of the carbon microphone The model consists of 2 ea 45 mm diameter metal plates placed on either side of a layer of carbon grains The metal plates are each connected to a telephone jack The system is mounted on a piece of clear acrylic so that all components are visible 4680 00 Microphone model carbon box 4680 00 2505 00 2490 00 2485 10 Carbon microphone The device is used along with a power supply to produ ce an electrical signal by means of sound waves The microphone is mounted on a 10 mm diameter sup port rod and provided with a cable with banana jacks Maximum loading 50 mA 150 ohm Dimensions Length 155 mm diameter 67 mm Mass 175 g 2490 00 Carbon microphone without stand Loudspeaker Used with function generator 2500 50 or 2501 50 to generate soundwaves from a point source of sound Mounted on a 10 mm dia rod and
258. with 4 mm plugs and a firm 1110 05 Adapter BNC double banana plug shielding Safety cords cannot be plugged into regular safety type socket outlets Also the live parts cannot be touched by hands Manufactured to IEC 61010 Highly flexible silicone shielded safety cords with copper area 1 5mm Alligator clips safety type max 1000 V 25 A temperature range 60 180 C Item no Name Color Item no Name Length Color 1090 20 Alligator Clip black 1057 10 Safety cord 25 cm black 1090 21 Alligator Clip red 1057 11 Safety cord 25 cm red 1057 12 Safety cord 25 cm yellow 1057 13 Safety cord 25 cm blue 1057 20 Safety cord 50 cm black 1057 21 Safety cord 50 cm red 1110 05 1057 22 Safety cord 50 cm yellow 1057 23 Safety cord 50 cm blue 1057 40 Safety cord 100 cm black 1057 41 Safety cord 100 cm red 1057 42 Safety cord 100 cm yellow 1057 43 Safety cord 100 cm blue 1057 50 Safety cord 200 cm black 1057 51 Safety cord 200 cm red Alligator clips 1057 52 Safety cord 200 cm yellow Un shielded With 4 mm hole Fits both standard test 1057 53 Safety cord 200 cm blue cables and safety type test cables Package with 50 pcs 1057 10 53 1090 00 Alligator Clips Shielded cable Length 115 cm BNC plug and safety type banana plug Impedance 50 ohm 1100 02 Shielded cable 1090 00 1100 02 Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 112 ELECTRICITY Lamp holders and switches a200 4120 00 Lamp holder E 10
259. y depending on the temperature thus Panay 331 324 0 6062 T Uy uar Where T is the temperature in Celsius Procedure 1 The microphones are placed in line with the sound source so that a sound pulse will pass the first microphone and then the second It is often practical to let this distance equal one meter 2 The microphones are connected to the timer unit so that the front microphone is connected to start and the second microphone is connected to stop 3 The timer unit is turned on Then a clapper board is used to make a sharp sound about a meter from the front microphone and in line with the pair 4 When the sound pulse passes by the first micropho ne it will cause the timer to start and when it passes the second microphone it will cause the timer to stop The speed of sound 5 Make a note of corresponding values of the distance between the microphones and the time for the pulse to travel from one to the other can be convenient to repeat the experiment with the microphones at a fix ed distance to ensure that the same result is obtained each time An average of ten good repeats will yield good results 6 It can also be instructive to draw a graph with the distance between the microphones on the y axis and the transit time on the x axis The slope of the best straight line through these points will then corre spond to the speed of sound Remarks If unexpectedly short time intervals
260. y means of a capacitor Supplies max 5 A AC DC Digital readout of both AC and DC voltages Electro 3610 60 Power supply 2 24 V AC DC nically protected against overloads Technical Specifications DC Voltage 0 21 V continuously adjustable without smoothing 0 32 V continuously adjustable with smoothing Current Without smoothing max 5 A With smoothing max 3 A Ripple With smoothing ca 4 AC Voltage 0 25 V continuously adjustable Load 0 5 A Current Max 5A The voltages are measured at a current load of 0 5 A Supply 230 V AC 50 Hz Size 185 x 225 x 118 mm Mass 2 8 kg 3618 50 Power supply 24 V AC DC Science Equipment for Education Physics Frederiksen 102 ELECTRICITY Three phase power supply This is the number one choice for experiments with three phase motors transformers and electrical distribution systems The front panel shows the neutral line in the center Star and delta connections are shown The star point is fully loadable Three sets of voltages between O and the phase and phase phase are as follows 3 8 6 12 7 22 or 22 38 V max 6 A All outputs are protected agianst overload by means of thermally activated circuit breakers Supply 3 x 380 V neutral and ground Size 297 x 225 x 118 mm Mass 9 1 kg 3665 50 Three phase power supply 3665 50 Three phase power supply This supply is like 3665 50 except that the voltages between O and the phase and ph

Laboratory equipment

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents